MỤC LỤC
Cuốn kinh tụng này được biên soạn dựa trên cuốn Pa-Auk Daily Chants và cuốn Nhựt hành của người tại gia tu Phật với mục đích sử dụng trong các thời kinh tại Thiền viện Tịnh Lạc.
This chanting book is compiled based on the Pa-Auk Daily Chants and Nhựt hành của người tại gia tu Phật books for the purpose of using in chanting ceremonies in Santisukhavihāra.
KINH TỤNG BUỔI SÁNG
(MORNING CHANTING)
05:00 AM
Paritta parikamma
The introduction of safeguard suttas
Samantā cakkavāḷesu, atrāgacchantu devatā,
May the gods from all over the universe assemble here
saddhammaṁ munirājassa, suṇantu saggamokkhadaṁ:
and listen to the King of the Sage’s true Dhamma about heaven and release:
Dhammassavanakālo ayaṁ bhadantā! (3x)
Reverend Sirs, this is the time for hearing the Dhamma!
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. (3x)
Reverence to him, the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-Enlightened One.
Ye santā santacittā, tisaraṇasaraṇā, ettha lokantare vā,
Those (gods) who are peaceful, with peaceful minds, who have taken refuge in the triple refuge, whether here, or above the worlds,
bhummābhummā ca devā, guṇagaṇagahaṇabyāvaṭā sabbakālaṁ,
the various earth gods and sky gods, who make effort to take group of virtuous deeds all of the time,
ete āyantu devā, varakanakamaye, merurāje vasanto,
may these gods and those who dwell on the majestic Mt. Meru, that excellent golden mountain, come in concord,
santo santosahetuṁ, munivaravacanaṁ, sotumaggaṁ samaggaṁ.
to hear the Sage’s excellent word which is a reason of great happiness.
Sabbesu cakkavāḷesu, yakkhā devā ca brahmano,
May all yakkhas, gods, and deities, from the whole universe,
yaṁ amhehi kataṁ puññaṁ, sabbasampattisādhakaṁ,
after partaking of the merits, which can produce all good fortune,
sabbe taṁ anumoditvā, samaggā sāsane ratā,
which we have acquired, being in harmony, and delighting in the teaching,
pamādarahitā hontu, ārakkhāsu visesato.
be not heedless and grant us complete protection especially.
Sāsanassa ca lokassa, vuḍḍhī bhavatu sabbadā,
May the teaching and the world be on the increase at all times,
sāsanampi ca lokañca, devā rakkhantu sabbadā.
and may the gods protect the teaching and the world forever.
Saddhiṁ hontu sukhī sabbe, parivārehi attano,
May all together with those who are one’s around, be happy,
anīghā sumanā hontu, saha sabbehi ñātibhi.
may all together with all relatives, be untroubled, and easy in mind.
Rājato vā, corato vā, manussato vā, amanussato vā,
(May you be protected) from the king, thieves, humans, and non-humans,
aggito vā, udakato vā, pisācato vā, khāṇukato vā,
from fire and water, demons, stumps,
kaṇṭakato vā, nakkhattato vā, janapadarogato vā, asaddhammato vā,
and thorns, from unlucky stars, and epidemics, from what is not the true dhamma,
asandiṭṭhito vā, asappurisato vā,
not right view, not a good person,
caṇḍa-hatthi-assa-miga-goṇa-kukkura-ahi-vicchika-maṇisappa-dīpi-
and from fierce elephants, horses, antelopes, bulls, dogs, snakes, scorpions, poisonous serpents, panthers,
accha-taraccha-sūkara-mahiṁsa-yakkha-rakkhasādīhi,
bears, hyenas, wild boars, buffaloes, yakkhas, rakkhasas, and so on,
nānā-bhayato vā, nānā-rogato vā, nānā-upaddavato vā, ārakkhaṁ gaṇhantu.
from the manifold fears, the manifold diseases, the manifold calamities, (from all of these troubles) may you receive protection.
****************************
Maṅgalasuttaṁ[1]
The Discourse on the Blessings
Introductory Verses
Yaṁ maṅgalaṁ dvādasahi, cintayiṁsu sadevakā,
What is a blessing was thought about by gods and men for twelve (years),
sotthānaṁ nādhigacchanti; aṭṭhattiṁsañca maṅgalaṁ,
but they did not attain that blessing which is called success; the thirtyeight blessings
desitaṁ devadevena, sabbapāpavināsanaṁ.
which were preached by the god of gods, make all that is bad perish,
Sabbalokahitatthāya, maṅgalaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
For the whole world’s benefit and welfare. O good persons, Let’s recite that blessed safeguard!
The Safeguard:
Evaṁ me sutaṁ:
Thus I have heard:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati
at one time the Blessed One was dwelling near Sāvatthi
jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
at Anāthapiṇḍika’s grounds in Jeta’s Wood.
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā,
Then a certain god, towards the end of the night,
abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā,
having lit up the whole of Jeta’s Wood with his surpassing beauty,
yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami,
approached the Blessed One,
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā, ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.
and after approaching and worshipping the Blessed One, he stood on one side.
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
While standing on one side that god addressed the Blessed One with a verse:
“Bahū devā manussā ca, maṅgalāni acintayuṁ
“Many are the gods and the men who have thought about the blessings
ākaṅkhamānā sotthānaṁ: brūhi maṅgalamuttamaṁ”.
hoping for safety: now please say what is the supreme blessing.
The Buddha replies:
“Asevanā ca bālānaṁ, paṇḍitānañca sevanā,
Not associating with fools, but associating with the wise,
pūjā ca pūjaneyyānaṁ: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
honouring those worthy of honour: this is the supreme blessing.
Patirūpadesavāso ca, pubbe ca katapuññatā,
Living in a suitable place, formerly having done good deeds,
attasammāpaṇidhi ca: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
aspiring in a right way oneself: this is the supreme blessing.
Bāhusaccañca sippañca, vinayo ca susikkhito,
Having great learning and craft, and being disciplined and well trained,
subhāsitā ca yā vācā: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
and whatever words are well spoken: this is the supreme blessing.
Mātāpitu upaṭṭhānaṁ, puttadārassa saṅgaho,
Attendance on one’s mother and father, looking after one’s wife and children,
anākulā ca kammantā: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
with works that are not agitating: this is the supreme blessing.
Dānañca dhammacariyā ca, ñātakānañca saṅgaho,
Giving, and living by the Dhamma, and looking after one’s relatives,
anavajjāni kammāni: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
(performing) actions that are blameless: this is the supreme blessing.
Āratī viratī pāpā, majjapānā ca saṁyamo,
Abstinence, avoidance of bad deeds, restraint from intoxicating drink,
appamādo ca dhammesu: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
being heedful regarding (all) things: this is the supreme blessing.
Gāravo ca nivāto ca, santuṭṭhi ca kataññutā,
Having respect, being humble, being satisfied and grateful,
kālena dhammassavaṇaṁ: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
listening to Dhamma at the right time: this is the supreme blessing.
Khantī ca sovacassatā, samaṇānañca dassanaṁ,
Being patient and easily spoken to, seeing ascetics,
kālena dhammasākacchā: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
discussing Dhamma at the right time: this is the supreme blessing.
Tapo ca brahmacariyañca, ariyasaccāna dassanaṁ,
Austere, living the holy life, insight into the noble truths,
nibbānasacchikiriyā ca: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
the experience of Nibbāna: this is the supreme blessing.
Phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehi, cittaṁ yassa na kampati,
He whose mind does not waver, when it is touched by things of this world,
asokaṁ virajaṁ khemaṁ: etaṁ maṅgalamuttamaṁ.
(being) griefless, dustless, and secure: this is the supreme blessing.
Etādisāni katvāna, sabbatthamaparājitā,
Having done as here directed, they are undefeated everywhere,
sabbattha sotthiṁ gacchanti: taṁ tesaṁ maṅgalamuttaman’ti”.
they go everywhere in safety: for them this is the supreme blessing.”
Maṅgalasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse on the Blessings is finished.
****************************
Ratanasuttaṁ[2]
The Discourse on the Treasures
Introductory Verses
Paṇidhānato paṭṭhāya, tathāgatassa dasa pāramiyo,
Beginning with the aspiration (for Buddhahood, and thinking of) the Realised One’s ten perfections,
dasa upapāramiyo, dasa paramatthapāramiyoti –
ten minor perfections, ten great perfections;
samatiṁsa pāramiyo, pañca mahāpariccāge,
altogether thirty perfections, his five great sacrifices,
lokatthacariyaṁ ñātatthacariyaṁ buddhatthacariyanti
life of benefitting the world, life of benefitting his relatives, life of benefitting (by becoming) Buddha
tisso cariyāyo pacchimabhave gabbhavokkantiṁ,
three ways of conduct, descent into the womb for his final existence,
jātiṁ, abhinikkhamanaṁ padhānacariyaṁ bodhipallaṅke māravijayaṁ,
birth, great renunciation, life of effort, sitting on the seat at the Bodhi tree victory over Māra,
sabbaññutaññāṇappaṭivedhaṁ dhammacakkappavattanaṁ nava lokuttaradhammeti,
his penetration to the knowledge of omniscience, teaching Dhammacakka Sutta, and his nine supermundane attainments,
sabbepi’me buddhaguṇe āvajjetvā vesāliyā tīsu pākārantaresu
and after considering all these Buddha qualities, (going around) the three walls of Vesāli,
tiyāmarattiṁ parittaṁ karonto āyasmā ānandatthero viya,
during the three watches of the night, like the venerable elder Ānanda,
kāruññacittaṁ upaṭṭhapetvā:
after establishing great compassion in his heart, made this safeguard:
Koṭīsatasahassesu cakkavāḷesu devatā
The gods in the ten hundred thousand million universes
Yassā’naṁ paṭiggaṇhanti yañca vesāliyā pure
accepted the order (given) in the city of Vesāli,
rogāmanussadubbhikkha-sambhūtaṁ tividhaṁ bhayaṁ,
and disease, non-human beings, and famine, the threefold fear that had arisen,
khippa’mantaradhāpesi, parittaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
quickly disappeared. O good persons, Let’s recite that safeguard!
The Safeguard:
Yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatāni, bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe,
Whatever beings have come together here, whether of the earth or in the firmament,
sabbeva bhūtā sumanā bhavantu, athopi sakkacca suṇantu bhāsitaṁ.
may the minds of all those beings be happy, and may they listen carefully to what is said.
Tasmā hi bhūtā nisāmetha sabbe, mettaṁ karotha mānusiyā pajāya,
Therefore, all of you beings, be attentive, be friendly towards this generation of men,
divā ca ratto ca haranti ye baliṁ, tasmā hi ne rakkhatha appamattā.
they who bring offerings by day and by night, therefore, being heedful, you must protect them.
Yaṁ kiñci vittaṁ idha vā huraṁ vā, saggesu vā yaṁ ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ
Whatever riches there are here or elsewhere or in the heavens, that excellent treasure
na no samaṁ atthi tathāgatena, idampi buddhe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ:
is not equal to the Realised One, this excellent treasure is in the Buddha:
etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Khayaṁ virāgaṁ amataṁ paṇītaṁ, yadajjhagā sakyamunī samāhito,
(Craving’s) end, dispassion, deathlessness, excellence which the concentrated Sakyan sage attained,
na tena dhammena samatthi kiñci, idampi dhamme ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ:
there is nothing that is equal to that state, this excellent treasure is in the Dhamma:
etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Yaṁ buddhaseṭṭho parivaṇṇayī suciṁ, samādhi’mānantarikaññamāhu,
That which the Buddha, the Great One, praised as pure, the concentration said to have prompt (result),
samādhinā tena samo na vijjati, idampi dhamme ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ:
No equal to that concentration is found, this excellent treasure is in the Dhamma:
etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Ye puggalā aṭṭha sataṁ pasatthā, cattāri etāni yugāni honti,
Those eight individuals praised by the good there are these four pairs (of individuals),
te dakkhiṇeyyā sugatassa sāvakā, etesu dinnāni mahapphalāni.
those disciples of the Fortunate One are worthy of gifts, those things that have been given to them have great fruit.
Idampi saṅghe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Saṅgha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Ye suppayuttā manasā daḷhena, nikkāmino gotamasāsanamhi,
Those who have firm and devoted minds, without sense desire in Gotama’s dispensation,
te pattipattā amataṁ vigayha, laddhā mudhā nibbutiṁ bhuñjamānā.
those who have attained, and entered the deathless, are enjoying emancipation, gained for free.
Idampi saṅghe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Saṅgha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Yathindakhīlo pathavissito siyā, catubbhi vātehi asampakampiyo,
Just as a locking post stuck fast in the earth does not waver on account of the four winds,
tathūpamaṁ sappurisaṁ vadāmi, yo ariyasaccāni avecca passati.
in the same way, I say, is the true person, the one who sees the noble truths completely.
Idampi saṅghe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Saṅgha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Ye ariyasaccāni vibhāvayanti, gambhīrapaññena sudesitāni,
Those who clearly distinguish the noble truths, which were well preached by the one with deep wisdom,
kiñcāpi te honti bhusaṁ pamattā, na te bhavaṁ aṭṭhama’mādiyanti.
however great they become in heedlessness still they do not take up an eighth existence.
Idampi saṅghe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Saṅgha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Sahāvassa dassanasampadāya, tayassu dhammā jahitā bhavanti:
With his attainment of (liberating) insight there are a triad of things that are given up:
sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchitañca, sīlabbataṁ vāpi yadatthi kiñci.
embodiment view, uncertainty, and whatever (grasping at) virtue and practices there is.
Catūhapāyehi ca vippamutto, chaccābhiṭhānāni abhabba kātuṁ.
He is free from (rebirth in) the four lower worlds, he is incapable of the six great crimes.
Idampi saṅghe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Saṅgha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Kiñcāpi so kamma karoti pāpakaṁ, kāyena vācā uda cetasā vā,
Whatever bad action there is that he performs by way of body, or of speech, or of mind,
abhabba so tassa paṭicchadāya, abhabbatā diṭṭhapadassa vuttā.
he is incapable of covering it up: this incapacity is said of one who has seen the state (of peace).
Idampi saṅghe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Saṅgha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Vanappagumbe yatha phussitagge, gimhānamāse paṭhamasmiṁ gimhe,
Just like a tall woodland tree crowned with blossom in the summer months, in the early summer,
tathūpamaṁ dhammavaraṁ adesayi, nibbānagāmiṁ paramaṁhitāya.
in the same way he preached the Dhamma which is best, which goes to Nibbāna, the highest benefit.
Idampi buddhe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Buddha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Varo varaññū varado varāharo, anuttaro dhammavaraṁ adesayi.
The best one, knowing the best, giving the best, brought the best, brought the best, unsurpassed he preached the best Dhamma.
Idampi buddhe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Buddha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Khīṇaṁ purāṇaṁ nava natthisambhavaṁ, virattacittā’yatike bhavasmiṁ,
The old is destroyed, and nothing new is produced, (their) minds are unexcited by future rebirth,
te khīṇabījā avirūḷhichandā, nibbanti dhīrā yathāyaṁ padīpo.
they have destroyed the seeds, and have no desire for growth, the wise are still, just as this lamp (is still).
Idampi saṅghe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ: etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
This excellent treasure is in the Saṅgha: by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
(Spoken by Sakka, lord of the deities)
Yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatāni, bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe,
Whatever beings have come together here, whether of the earth or in the firmament,
tathāgataṁ devamanussapūjitaṁ, buddhaṁ namassāma – suvatthi hotu!
we all honour the Buddha, who is called Tathāgata, who is revered by gods and men, – may there be safety!
Yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatāni, bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe,
Whatever beings have come together here, whether of the earth or in the firmament,
tathāgataṁ devamanussapūjitaṁ, dhammaṁ namassāma – suvatthi hotu!
we all honour the the Dhamma, who is called Tathāgata, who is revered by gods and men – may there be safety!
Yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatāni, bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe,
Whatever beings have come together here, whether of the earth or in the firmament,
tathāgataṁ devamanussapūjitaṁ, saṅghaṁ namassāma – suvatthi hotu!
we all honour the the Saṅgha, who is called Tathāgata, who is revered by gods and men – may there be safety!
Ratanasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse on the Treasures is finished.
****************************
Mettasuttaṁ[3]
The Discourse on Loving kindness Meditation
Introductory Verses
Yassā’nubhāvato yakkhā, neva dassenti bhīsanaṁ,
Because of the power of that (safeguard) the yakkhas could not make fearful (sights) appear;
yamhi cevā’nuyuñjanto, rattindiva’matandito
by practising that diligently night and day,
sukhaṁ supati sutto ca, pāpaṁ kiñci na passati –
he sleeps happily, and while sleeping does not see anything bad.
evamādiguṇūpetaṁ, parittaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
O good persons, Let’s recite that safeguard which is endowed with such qualities!
The Safeguard
Karaṇīya’matthakusalena, yanta santaṁ padaṁ abhisamecca:
What should be done by one skilled in goodness, who has comprehended the state of peace:
sakko ujū ca suhujū ca, suvaco cassa mudu anatimānī,
he ought to be able, straight, and upright, easy to speak to, meek, without conceit,
Santussako ca subharo ca, appakicco ca sallahukavutti,
satisfied (with little), easy to support, free from duties, and light in living,
santindriyo ca nipako ca, appagabbho kulesva’nanugiddho,
with faculties at peace, prudent, not forward, and greedless among the families,
Na ca khudda’mācare kiñci, yena viññū pare upavadeyyuṁ.
he should not do the slightest thing whereby others who are wise might find fault (with him).
Sukhino va khemino hontu, sabbasattā bhavantu sukhitattā!
(May all beings) be happy and secure, may all beings in their hearts be happy!
Ye keci pāṇabhūtatthi, tasā vā thāvarā va’navasesā,
Whatsoever breathing beings there are trembling, firm, or any other (beings),
dīghā vā ye va mahantā, majjhimā rassakā aṇukathūlā,
whether they be long or great, of middle (size), short, tiny, or of compact (body),
Diṭṭhā vā yeva adiṭṭhā, ye va dūre vasanti avidūre,
those who are seen, and those who are unseen, those who live far away, those who are near,
bhūtā va sambhavesī va, sabbasattā bhavantu sukhitattā!
those who are born, and those who still seek birth: May all beings in their hearts be happy!
Na paro paraṁ nikubbetha, nātimaññetha katthaci na kañci,
No one should cheat another, nor should he despise anyone wherever he is,
byārosanā paṭighasañña, nāññamaññassa dukkha’miccheyya.
he should not long for suffering for another because of anger or resentment.
Mātā yathā niyaṁ putta-māyusā ekaputta’manurakkhe,
In the same way as a mother would protect her child, her only child, with her life,
evampi sabbabhūtesu, mānasaṁ bhāvaye aparimāṇaṁ.
so too towards all beings one should develop the measureless thought (of friendliness).
Mettañca sabbalokasmi, mānasaṁ bhāvaye aparimāṇaṁ,
Towards the entire world he should develop the measureless thought of friendliness,
uddhaṁ adho ca tiriyañca, asambādhaṁ avera’masapattaṁ.
above, below, and across (the middle), without barriers, hate, or enmity.
Tiṭṭhaṁ caraṁ nisinno va, sayāno yāvatā’ssa vitamiddho,
Standing, walking, sitting, lying, for as long as he is without torpor,
etaṁ satiṁ adhiṭṭheyya, brahma’metaṁ vihāra’midhamāhu.
he should be resolved on this mindfulness, for this, they say here, is the (true) spiritual life.
Diṭṭhiñca anupaggamma, sīlavā dassanena sampanno,
Without going near a (wrong) view, virtuous, and endowed with (true) insight,
kāmesu vineyya gedhaṁ, na hi jātu’ggabbhaseyya puna reti.
having removed greed towards sense pleasures, he does not come to lie in a womb again.
Mettasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse on Loving kindness Meditation is finished.
****************************
Khandhasuttaṁ[4]
The Discourse about the Constituent Groups
Introductory Verses
Sabbāsīvisajātīnaṁ, dibbamantāgadaṁ viya,
To all kinds of poisonous snakes it is like the medicine of a divine charm,
yaṁ nāseti visaṁ ghoraṁ, sesañcāpi parissayaṁ.
it destroys terrible poisons and all other dangers.
Āṇākkhettamhi sabbattha, sabbadā sabbapāṇinaṁ,
In this order’s domain, (which is) everywhere, always, for all living creatures,
sabbasopi nivāreti, parittaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
it thoroughly wards off (all dangers), O good persons, Let’s recite that safeguard!
The Safeguard
Virūpakkhehi me mettaṁ, mettaṁ erāpathehi me,
am friendly with the Virūpakkhas, with the Erāpathas I am friendly,
chabyāputtehi me mettaṁ, mettaṁ kaṇhāgotamakehi ca.
I am friendly with the Chabyāputtas, and friendly with the Kaṇhāgotamakas.
Apādakehi me mettaṁ, mettaṁ dvipādakehi me,
am friendly with those without feet, with those with two feet I am friendly,
catuppadehi me mettaṁ, mettaṁ bahuppadehi me.
I am friendly with those with four feet, with those with many feet I am friendly.
Mā maṁ apādako hiṁsi, mā maṁ hiṁsi dvipādako,
May the one without feet not hurt me, may the one with two feet not hurt me,
mā maṁ catuppado hiṁsi, mā maṁ hiṁsi bahuppado.
may the one with four feet not hurt me, may the one with many feet not hurt me.
Sabbe sattā, sabbe pāṇā, sabbe bhūtā ca kevalā,
May all beings, all living creatures, all who are born, in their entirety,
sabbe bhadrāni passantu, mā kañci pāpamāgamā.
may all see prosperity, may nothing bad come to anyone.
Appamāṇo buddho!
The Buddha is measureless!
Appamāṇo dhammo!
The Dhamma is measureless!
Appamāṇo saṇgho!
The Saṅgha is measureless!
Pamāṇavantāni sarīsapāni,
Measurable are creeping things,
ahi vicchikā, satapadī, uṇṇanābhī, sarabū, mūsikā.
(such as) snakes, scorpions, centipedes, spiders, lizards, and rats.
Katā me rakkhā, kataṁ me parittaṁ, paṭikkamantu bhūtāni!
I have made this protection, I have made this safeguard, may (all these) beings go away!
Sohaṁ namo bhagavato, namo sattannaṁ sammāsambuddhānaṁ.
I revere the Blessed One, I revere the seven Perfectly Self-Enlightened Ones.
Khandhasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse about the Constituent Groups is finished.
****************************
Morasuttaṁ[5]
The Discourse about the Peacock
Introductory Verses
Pūrentaṁ bodhisambhāre, nibbattaṁ morayoniyaṁ.
While fulfilling the conditions for Awakening he was born from a peahen’s womb.
Yena saṁvihitārakkhaṁ, mahāsattaṁ vanecarā
As the Great Being was protected with (a safeguard) the forest dwellers
cirassaṁ vāyamantāpi, neva sakkhiṁsu gaṇhituṁ.
were unable to catch him, though they endeavoured for a long time.
“Brahmamantan”ti akkhātaṁ, parittaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
It is declared to be “Brahma’s Charm”, O good persons, Let’s recite that safeguard!
The Safeguard
1- “Udetayaṁ cakkhumā ekarājā,
“That One who gives Vision, the sole king, comes up,
harissavaṇṇo pathavippabhāso,
he is golden coloured, he enlightens the earth,
taṁ taṁ namassāmi harissavaṇṇaṁ pathavippabhāsaṁ,
therefore I revere the golden coloured one, who enlightens the earth,
tayājja guttā viharemu divasaṁ.
guarded by you today, we will live out the day.
Ye brāhmaṇā vedagū sabbadhamme,
revere those brahmins who have true understanding
te me namo – te ca maṁ pālayantu!
of all things – may they keep watch over me!
Namatthu buddhānaṁ! Namatthu bodhiyā!
Revere the Buddhas! Revere Awakening!
Namo vimuttānaṁ! Namo vimuttiyā!”
Reverence to the Free! Reverence to Freedom!”
Imaṁ so parittaṁ katvā moro carati esanā.
After making this safeguard the peacock roams about seeking (for food).
2- “Apetayaṁ cakkhumā ekarājā,
“That One who gives Vision, the sole king, goes down,
harissavaṇṇo pathavippabhāso,
he is golden coloured, he enlightens the earth,
taṁ taṁ namassāmi harissavaṇṇaṁ pathavippabhāsaṁ,
therefore I revere the golden coloured one, who enlightens the earth,
tayājja guttā viharemu rattiṁ.
guarded by you today, we will live out the night.
Ye brāhmaṇā vedagū sabbadhamme
I revere those brahmins who have true understanding
te me namo – te ca maṁ pālayantu!
of all things – may they keep watch over me!
Namatthu buddhānaṁ! Namatthu bodhiyā!
Revere the Buddhas! Revere Awakening!
Namo vimuttānaṁ! Namo vimuttiyā!”
Reverence to the Free! Reverence to Freedom!”
Imaṁ so parittaṁ katvā moro vāsamakappayi.
After making this safeguard the peacock dwells on (without fear).
Morasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse about the Peacock is finished.
****************************
Vaṭṭasuttaṁ[6]
The Discourse about the Quail
Introductory Verses
Pūrentaṁ bodhisambhāre, nibbattaṁ vaṭṭajātiyaṁ,
While fulfilling the conditions for Awakening he was born as a kind of quail,
yassa tejena dāvaggi, mahāsattaṁ vivajjayi.
and through his spiritual power the Great Being avoided the forestfire.
Therassa sāriputtassa, lokanāthena bhāsitaṁ,
This was spoken by the Lord of the World to the Elder Sāriputta,
kappaṭṭhāyiṁ mahātejaṁ: parittaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
it has great power for a world-cycle: O good persons, Let’s recite that safeguard!
The Safeguard
Atthi loke sīlaguṇo, saccaṁ soceyyanuddayā,
There is in the world virtue, truth, purity and empathy,
tena saccena kāhāmi, saccakiriyamuttamaṁ,
by the truth of that I will make an asseveration of supreme truth,
āvajjetvā dhammabalaṁ, saritvā pubbake jine,
After reflecting on the strength of the Dhamma, and recalling the former Victors,
saccabalamavassāya, saccakiriyamakāsahaṁ:
relying on the strength of truth, I made an asseveration of truth:
“Santi pakkhā apatanā, santi pādā avañcanā,
“There are wings which fly not, there are feet which walk not,
mātā pitā ca nikkhantā, jātaveda, paṭikkama!”
Mother and Father have gone out, Fire, please depart!”
Saha sacce kate mayhaṁ, mahāpajjalito sikhī
This (asseveration) was made by me with truth, and the great blazing fire
vajjesi soḷasa-karīsāni, udakaṁ patvā yathā sikhī,
avoided (this area for) sixteen measures, like fire after reaching water,
saccena me samo natthi, esā me saccapāramī!
there is no one my equal for truth, such is my perfection of truth!
Vaṭṭasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse about the Quail is finished.
****************************
Dhajaggasuttaṁ[7]
The Discourse about the Top of a Flag
Introductory Verses
Yassānussaraṇenāpi, antalikkhepi pāṇino,
By the recollection of that (safeguard) living creatures in the firmament
patiṭṭhamadhigacchanti, bhūmiyaṁ viya sabbathā.
obtain complete support, just like (living creatures) everywhere on earth.
Sabbupaddavajālamhā, yakkhacorādisambhavā,
From the net of all adversity arising from yakkhas, thieves, and rivals,
gaṇanā na ca muttānaṁ, parittaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
those who were released cannot be numbered, O good persons, Let’s recite that safeguard!
The Safeguard
Evaṁ me sutaṁ:
Thus I have heard:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati
at one time the Blessed One was dwelling near Sāvatthi
jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
at Anāthapiṇḍika’s grounds in Jeta’s Wood.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
There it was that the Blessed One addressed the monks, saying:
“Bhikkhavo!”ti.
“Monks!”,
“Bhadante!”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.
“Reverend Sir!” those monks replied to the Blessed One,
Bhagavā etadavoca:
and the Blessed One said this:
Bhūtapubbaṁ bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi.
Formerly, monks, there was a massed battle between the gods and the asuras.
Atha kho bhikkhave sakko devānamindo deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi:
Then, monks, the lord of the gods Sakka addressed the Tāvatiṁsa gods, saying:
“Sace mārisā devānaṁ saṅgāmagatānaṁ
“If, dear Sirs, to the gods who have gone into battle
uppajjeyya bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā,
there should arise fear, or terror, or horror,
mameva tasmiṁ samaye dhajaggaṁ ullokeyyātha.
at that time you could look for the top of my flag.
Mamaṁ hi vo dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ
For to those who look to the top of my flag
yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā, lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
whatever fear there may be, or terror, or horror, will be given up.
No ce me dhajaggaṁ ullokeyyātha,
If you cannot look to the top of my flag,
atha pajāpatissa devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokeyyātha.
then you could look for the top of the god-king Pajāpati’s flag.
Pajāpatissa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ
For to those who look to the top of the god-king Pajāpati’s flag
yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā, lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
whatever fear there may be, or terror, or horror, will be given up.
No ce pajāpatissa devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokeyyātha,
If you cannot look to the top of the god-king Pajāpati’s flag,
atha varuṇassa devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokeyyātha.
then you could look for the top of the god-king Varuṇa’s flag.
Varuṇassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ
For to those who look to the top of the god-king Varuṇa’s flag
yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā, lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
whatever fear there may be, or terror, or horror, will be given up.
No ce varuṇassa devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokeyyātha,
If you cannot look to the top of the god-king Varuṇa’s flag,
atha īsānassa devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokeyyātha.
then you could look for the top of the god-king Īsāna’s flag.
Īsānassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ
For to those who look to the top of the god-king Īsāna’s flag
yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā, lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissatī’ti.
whatever fear there may be, or terror, or horror, will be given up.
Taṁ kho pana bhikkhave, sakkassa vā devānamindassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ,
But, monks, to he who looks to the top of the lord of the gods Sakka’s flag,
pajāpatissa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ,
or who looks to the top of the god-king Pajāpati’s flag,
varuṇassa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ,
or who looks to the top of the god-king Varuṇa’s flag,
īsānassa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ,
or who looks to the top of the god-king Īsāna’s flag,
yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā,
whatever fear there may be, or terror, or horror,
so pahīyethāpi nopi pahīyetha.
may be given up, and may not be given up.
Taṁ kissa hetu?
What is the reason for that?
Sakko hi bhikkhave devānamindo
The lord of the gods Sakka, monks,
avītarāgo avītadoso avītamoho, bhīru chambhī utrāsī palāyīti.
being fearful, terrified, scared, he ran away. is not free from passion, is not free from hatred, is not free from delusion,
Ahañca kho bhikkhave evaṁ vadāmi:
But I say this, monks:
Sace tumhākaṁ bhikkhave araññagatānaṁ vā,
If to you, monks, after going to the wilderness,
rukkhamūlagatānaṁ vā, suññāgāragatānaṁ vā,
or to the root of a tree, or to an empty place,
uppajjeyya bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā,
there should arise fear, or terror, or horror,
mameva tasmiṁ samaye anussareyyātha:
at that time you could recollect me thus:
“Itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho,
“Such is he, the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-Enlightened One,
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū,
the one endowed with understanding and good conduct, the Fortunate One, the One who understands the worlds,
anuttaro purisadammasārathi,
the unsurpassed guide for those people who need taming,
satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā”ti.
the Teacher of gods and men, the Buddha, the Blessed One.”
Mamaṁ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṁ
For, monks, to those who recollect me
yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
whatever fear there may be, or terror, or horror, will be given up.
No ce maṁ anussareyyātha, atha dhammaṁ anussareyyātha:
If you cannot recollect me, then recollect the Dhamma thus:
“Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo,
“The Dhamma has been well-proclaimed by the Blessed One,
sandiṭṭhiko, akāliko, ehipassiko, opaneyyiko,
it is visible, not subject to time, inviting inspection, onward leading,
paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti.
and can be understood by the wise for themselves.”
Dhammaṁ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṁ
For, monks, to those who recollect the Dhamma
yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
whatever fear there may be, or terror, or horror, will be given up.
No ce dhammaṁ anussareyyātha, atha saṅghaṁ anussareyyātha:
If you cannot recollect the Dhamma, then recollect the Saṅgha thus:
“Suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho,
“The Blessed One’s Saṅgha of disciples are good in their practice,
ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho,
the Blessed One’s Saṅgha of disciples are upright in their practice,
ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho,
the Blessed One’s Saṅgha of disciples are systematic in their practice,
sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho,
the Blessed One’s Saṅgha of disciples are correct in their practice,
yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā,
that is to say, the four pairs of persons, the eight individual persons,
esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho,
this is the Blessed One’s Saṅgha of disciples,
āhuneyyo, pāhuneyyo, dakkhiṇeyyo, añjalikaraṇīyo,
they are worthy of offerings, of hospitality, of gifts, and of reverential salutation,
anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.
they are an unsurpassed field of merit for the world.”
Saṅghaṁ hi vo bhikkhave anussarataṁ
For, monks, to those who recollect the Saṅgha
yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
whatever fear there may be, or terror, or horror, will be given up.
Taṁ kissa hetu?
What is the reason for that?
Tathāgato hi bhikkhave arahaṁ sammāsambuddho,
The Realised One, monks, the Worthy One, the Perfectly SelfEnlightened One,
vītarāgo, vītadoso, vītamoho, abhīru acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī”ti.
is free from passion, is free from hatred, is free from delusion, not being fearful, not terrified, not scared, he did not run away.”
Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā:
The Blessed One said this, and after saying this, the Fortunate One, the Teacher, said something more:
Araññe rukkhamūle vā, suññāgāre va bhikkhavo,
In the wilds, at the root of a tree, or in an empty place, monks,
anussaretha sambuddhaṁ, bhayaṁ tumhāka no siyā.
you must recollect the Sambuddha, and there will be no fear for you.
No ce buddhaṁ sareyyātha, lokajeṭṭhaṁ narāsabhaṁ,
if you can’t remember the Buddha, the world’s elder, the man-bull,
atha dhammaṁ sareyyātha, niyyānikaṁ sudesitaṁ.
then you must remember the Dhamma, which leads out, which is well preached.
No ce dhammaṁ sareyyātha, niyyānikaṁ sudesitaṁ,
If you can’t remember the Dhamma, which leads out, which is well preached,
atha saṅghaṁ sareyyātha, puññakkhettaṁ anuttaraṁ.
then you must remember the Saṅgha, which is an unsurpassed field of merit.
Evaṁ buddhaṁ sarantānaṁ, dhammaṁ saṅghañca bhikkhavo,
Thus for those who remember the Buddha, the Dhamma, or the Saṅgha, monks,
bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā, lomahaṁso na hessati.
(there will be no) fear, or terror, there will be no horror.
Dhajaggasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse about the Top of a Flag is finished.
****************************
Āṭānāṭiyasuttaṁ
The Āṭānāṭiya Discourse
Introductory Verses
Appasannehi nāthassa, sāsane sādhu sammate,
About those having little faith in the Lord’s well-honoured Dispensation,
amanussehi caṇḍehi, sadā kibbisakāribhi,
about violent non-human beings, who are always criminals,
parisānaṁ catassannaṁ, ahiṁsāya ca guttiyā,
this is what was preached by the Great Hero to the four assemblies,
yaṁ desesi mahāvīro: parittaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
about non-violence and watchfulness: O good persons, Let’s recite that safeguard!
The Safeguard
* [8] Vipassissa ca namatthu, cakkhumantassa sirīmato;
May you revere Vipassī, the glorious Visionary;
Sikhissapi ca namatthu, sabbabhūtānukampino.
may you revere Sikhī, who has pity on all beings.
* Vessabhussa ca namatthu, nhātakassa tapassino;
may you revere Vessabhū, the austere one, cleansed (of corruptions);
Namatthu kakusandhassa, mārasenāpamaddino.
may you revere Kakusandha, who has crushed Māra’s army.
* Koṇāgamanassa namatthu, brāhmaṇassa vusīmato;
may you revere Koṇāgamana, the accomplished brahmin;
Kassapassa ca namatthu, vippamuttassa sabbadhi.
may you revere Kassapa, who is free in every respect.
*[9] Aṅgīrasassa namatthu, sakyaputtassa sirīmato;
May you revere Aṅgīrasa, the glorious son of the Sakyans;
Yo imaṁ dhammaṁ desesi, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṁ.
he who preached this Dhamma, which is the dispelling of all suffering.
* Ye cāpi nibbutā loke, yathābhūtaṁ vipassisuṁ;
Those who are emancipated in the world, who have insight (into things) as they are;
Te janā apisuṇātha, mahantā vītasāradā;
those people free from malicious speech, who are great and fully mature;
* Hitaṁ devamanussānaṁ, yaṁ namassanti gotamaṁ;
they will revere that Gotama, who is of benefit to gods and men,
Vijjācaraṇasampannaṁ, mahantaṁ vītasāradaṁ.
who has understanding and good conduct, who is great and fully mature.
Ete caññe ca sambuddhā, anekasatakoṭiyo,
Those other Buddhas, countless hundreds of millions,
sabbe buddhā’samasamā, sabbe buddhā mahiddhikā,
all those unequalled Buddhas, all those Buddhas of great power,
sabbe dasabalūpetā, vesārajjehupāgatā,
all those endowed with Ten Powers, with (supreme) confidence,
sabbe te paṭijānanti, āsabhaṁ ṭhānamuttamaṁ.
they all acknowledge the Bull in the supreme abode.
Sīhanādaṁ nadante’te, parisāsu visāradā,
These roar the Lion’s Roar confidently amongst the assemblies,
brahmacakkaṁ pavattenti, loke appaṭivattiyaṁ.
and turn the supreme (Dhamma) wheel, which cannot be turned back in the world.
Upetā buddhadhammehi, aṭṭhārasahi nāyakā,
They are Leaders endowed with eighteen things pertaining to the Buddhas,
bāttiṁsalakkhaṇūpetā, sītānubyañjanādharā,
endowed with thirty-two marks, and bearing eighty minor characteristics,
byāmappabhāya suppabhā, sabbe te munikuñjarā.
radiating a halo all round, they are all elephant-like sages.
Buddhā sabbaññuno ete, sabbe khīṇāsavā jinā,
These omniscient Buddha are all Victors who are pollutant-free,
mahāpabhā mahātejā, mahāpaññā mahabbalā,
having great radiance, great power, great wisdom, great strength,
mahākāruṇikā, dhīrā sabbesānaṁ sukhāvahā.
great compassion, wise men bringing happiness to all.
Dīpā nāthā patiṭṭhā ca, tāṇā leṇā ca pāṇinaṁ,
These Lords establish support, shelter and protection for (all) breathing beings,
gatī bandhū mahassāsā, saraṇā ca hitesino,
they seek the benefit of all kinsmen who have a great desire for refuge,
sadevakassa lokassa, sabbe ete parāyaṇā.
in the world with its gods and men, they have all crossed over.
Tesāhaṁ sirasā pāde, vandāmi purisuttame,
I worship the feet of these supreme persons with my head,
vacasā manasā ceva, vandām’ete tathāgate,
with my words, with my mind, I worship these Realised Ones,
sayane āsane ṭhāne, gamane cāpi sabbadā.
while lying, sitting, standing and going everyday.
Sadā sukhena rakkhantu, buddhā santikarā tuvaṁ,
May the Buddhas, who are peacemakers, always happily protect you,
tehi tvaṁ rakkhito santo, mutto sabbabhayehi ca,
and may you be protected by them, peaceful and free from all fear.
sabbarogā vinīmutto, sabbasantāpavajjito,
may you be free of all diseases, avoid all grief,
sabbaveramatikkanto, nibbuto ca tuvaṁ bhava!
overcome all enemies, and may you attain nibbāna!
Tesaṁ saccena sīlena, khantimettābalena ca,
Through their truth and virtue, and the strength of their patience and friendliness,
tepi amhe’nurakkhantu, arogena sukhena ca!
may the (Buddhas) always protect us with health and happiness!
Puratthimasmiṁ disābhāge, santi bhūtā mahiddhikā,
In the Easterly direction there are beings of great power,
tepi amhe’nurakkhantu, arogena sukhena ca!
may the (Buddhas) always protect us with health and happiness!
Dakkhiṇasmiṁ disābhāge, santi devā mahiddhikā,
In the Southerly direction there are gods of great power,
tepi amhe’nurakkhantu, arogena sukhena ca!
may the (Buddhas) always protect us with health and happiness!
Pacchimasmiṁ disābhāge, santi nāgā mahiddhikā,
In the Westerly direction there are nāgas of great power,
tepi amhe’nurakkhantu, arogena sukhena ca!
may the (Buddhas) always protect us with health and happiness!
Uttarasmiṁ disābhāge, santi yakkhā mahiddhikā,
In the Northerly direction there are yakkhas of great power,
tepi amhe’nurakkhantu, arogena sukhena ca!
may the (Buddhas) always protect us with health and happiness!
Puratthimena dhataraṭṭho, dakkhiṇena virūḷhako,
To the East there is Dhataraṭṭha, in the South there is Virūḷhaka,
pacchimena virūpakkho, kuvero uttaraṁ disaṁ.
in the West there is Virūpakkha, to the North there is Kuvera.
Cattāro te mahārājā, lokapālā yassasino,
These are the Four Great Kings, who are famous and protect the world,
tepi amhe’nurakkhantu, arogena sukhena ca!
may these (Buddhas) always protect us with health and happiness!
Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, devā nāgā mahiddhikā,
(There are) powerful gods and nāgas stationed in the sky or on the earth,
tepi amhe’nurakkhantu, arogena sukhena ca.
may these (Buddhas) always protect us with health and happiness!
Iddhimanto ca ye devā, vasantā idha sāsane,
There are gods endowed with psychic power dwelling here in the Dispensation,
tepi amhe’nurakkhantu, arogena sukhena ca!
may these (Buddhas) always protect us with health and happiness!
Sabbītiyo vivajjantu, soko rogo vinassatu,
May you avoid all calamities, may grief and disease be destroyed,
mā te bhavantvantarāyā, sukhī dīghāyuko bhava!
may there be no obstacles for you, may you be happy and live long!
*[10] Abhivādanasīlissa, niccaṁ vuḍḍhāpacāyino,
For one in the habit of constantly worshipping respectable elders,
cattāro dhammā vaḍḍhanti: āyu, vaṇṇo, sukhaṁ, balaṁ.
four things increase: length of life, beauty, happiness, and strength.
Āṭānāṭiyasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Āṭānāṭiya Discourse is finished.
****************************
Aṅgulimālasuttaṁ
The Discourse about Aṅgulimāla
Introductory Verses
Parittaṁ yaṁ bhaṇantassa, nisinnaṭṭhānadhovanaṁ,
When this safeguard is being recited (even) the washing water
udakampi vināseti, sabbameva parissayaṁ.
(taken) from the sitting place will destroy all dangers.
“Sotthinā gabbhavuṭṭhānaṁ, yañca sādheti taṅkhaṇe,”
“For sure this will effect a safe birth from the womb in a moment,”
therass’aṅgulimālassa, loka nāthena bhāsitaṁ,
this was spoken by the Lord of the World to the Elder Aṅgulimāla,
kappaṭṭhāyiṁ mahātejaṁ, parittaṁ taṁ bhaṇāma he.
it has great power for a world-cycle, O good persons, Let’s recite that safeguard!
The Safeguard
*[11] Yatohaṁ, bhagini, ariyāya jātiyā jāto;
Sister, from the time I was born in a Noble birth
nābhijānāmi sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetā.
I am not aware of having intentionally deprived a being of life,
Tena saccena sotthi te hotu sotthi gabbhassa!
through this truth may you be safe, and may your foetus be safe!
Aṅgulimālasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse about Aṅgulimāla is finished.
******************************
Bojjhaṅgasuttaṁ
The Discourse about the Factors of Awakening
(from the Eleventh Great Paritta Discourses)
Introductory Verses
Saṁsāre saṁsārantānaṁ, sabbadukkhavināsane,
While rolling on through the rounds of birth and death all suffering is destroyed
satta dhamme ca bojjhaṅge, mārasenāpamaddane.
(by) the seven Factors of Awakening, which crush Māra’s army.
Bujjhitvā ye c’ime sattā, tibhavā muttakuttamā,
Having Awakened to them these beings are supremely released from the three worlds,
ajāti’majarā’byādhiṁ, amataṁ nibbhayaṁ gatā.
and have gone to (that state where there is) no birth, no ageing, no sickness, no death and which is free from fear.
Evamādiguṇūpetaṁ, anekaguṇasaṅgahaṁ,
Being endowed with this quality and a collection of countless other qualities
osadhañca imaṁ mantaṁ: bojjhaṅgañca bhaṇāma he.
it is a medicinal mantra: O good persons, Let’s recite those factors of Awakening!
The Safeguard
Bojjhaṅgo satisaṅkhāto, dhammānaṁ vicayo tathā,
The Factors of Awakening are agreed upon as mindfulness, and then investigation of the (nature of) things,
vīriyaṁ pīti passaddhi, bojjhaṅgā ca tathāpare,
and after that the Factors of Awakening of energy, joyful-interest and calm,
samādhupekkha bojjhaṅgā: satte te sabbadassinā
(then) the Factors of Awakening of concentration and equanimity: these seven
muninā sammadakkhātā, bhāvitā bahulīkatā,
were well-proclaimed by the All-Seeing Sage, when developed and practiced
saṁvattanti abhiññāya, nibbānāya ca bodhiyā:
they lead to deep knowledge, Emancipation and Awakening:
etena saccavajjena, sotthi te hotu sabbadā!
By this declaration of the truth may you be safe at all times!
Ekasmiṁ samaye nātho, moggallānañca kassapaṁ,
At one time The Lord, having seen that Moggallāna and Kassapa
gilāne dukkhite disvā, bojjhaṅge satta desayi,
were sick and suffering, taught these seven Factors of Awakening,
te ca taṁ abhinanditvā, rogā mucciṁsu taṅkhaṇe:
and having rejoiced in them, they were freed from illness in an instant:
etena saccavajjena, sotthi te hotu sabbadā!
By this declaration of the truth may you be safe at all times!
Ekadā dhammarājāpi, gelaññenābhipīḷito,
One day the Dhamma-King was oppressed by sickness,
cundattherena taṁyeva, bhaṇāpetvāna sādaraṁ,
and after the Elder Cunda had recited them with respect,
sammoditvāna ābādhā, tamhā vuṭṭhāsi ṭhānaso:
having rejoiced he rose from that affliction on the spot:
etena saccavajjena, sotthi te hotu sabbadā!
By this declaration of the truth may you be safe at all times!
Pahīnā te ca ābādhā, tiṇṇannampi mahesinaṁ,
These afflictions were abandoned by these three Great Seers,
maggāhatā kilesāva, pattānuppattidhammataṁ:
just as the defilements are destroyed by the path, attained in accordance with nature:
etena saccavajjena, sotthi te hotu sabbadā!
By this declaration of the truth may you be safe at all times!
Bojjhaṅgasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse about the Factors of Awakening is finished.
****************************
Pubbaṇhasuttaṁ
The Discourse about the Forenoon
Yaṁ dunnimittaṁ avamaṅgalañca, yo cāmanāpo sakuṇassa saddo,
Whatever bad sign, inauspicious event, or whatever ominous bird shriek there is,
pāpaggaho dussupinaṁ akantaṁ, buddhānubhāvena vināsamentu!
also evil planets, and unpleasant dreams may they perish through the power of the Buddha!
Yaṁ dunnimittaṁ avamaṅgalañca, yo cāmanāpo sakuṇassa saddo,
Whatever bad sign, inauspicious event, or whatever ominous bird shriek there is,
pāpaggaho dussupinaṁ akantaṁ, dhammānubhāvena vināsamentu!
also evil planets, and unpleasant dreams may they perish through the power of the Dhamma!
Yaṁ dunnimittaṁ avamaṅgalañca, yo cāmanāpo sakuṇassa saddo,
Whatever bad sign, inauspicious event, or whatever ominous bird shriek there is,
pāpaggaho dussupinaṁ akantaṁ, saṅghānubhāvena vināsamentu!
also evil planets, and unpleasant dreams may they perish through the power of the Saṅgha!
Dukkhappattā ca niddukkhā, bhayappattā ca nibbhayā,
May those who suffer be without suffering, may those who fear be without fear,
sokappattā ca nissokā, hontu sabbepi pāṇino!
may those who grieve be without grief – may all living creatures be so!
Ettāvatā ca amhehi, sambhataṁ puññasampadaṁ,
For as far as success in merit has been achieved by us
sabbe devānumodantu, sabbasampatti siddhiyā!
may all gods rejoice in the accomplishment of all attainments!
Dānaṁ dadantu saddhāya, sīlaṁ rakkhantu sabbadā,
All should give gifts with confidence, protect one’s virtue at all times,
bhāvanābhiratā hontu, gacchantu devatāgatā.
find delight in meditation, and all gods coming here may go.
Sabbe buddhā balappattā, paccekānañca yaṁ balaṁ
All the Buddhas’ strength, and whatever strength the Independent Buddhas
arahantānañca tejena, rakkhaṁ bandhāmi sabbaso!
and Worthy Ones have, by that power I bind this protection in every way!
Yaṁ kiñci vittaṁ idha vā huraṁ vā, saggesu vā yaṁ ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ.
Whatever riches there are – here or elsewhere or in the heavens – that excellent treasure
Na no samaṁ atthi tathāgatena, idampi buddhe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ:
is not equal unto the Realised One this excellent treasure is in the Buddha:
etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Yaṁ kiñci vittaṁ idha vā huraṁ vā, saggesu vā yaṁ ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ.
Whatever riches there are – here or elsewhere or in the heavens – that excellent treasure
Na no samaṁ atthi tathāgatena, idampi dhamme ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ:
is not equal unto the Realised One this excellent treasure is in the Dhamma:
etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Yaṁ kiñci vittaṁ idha vā huraṁ vā, saggesu vā yaṁ ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ.
Whatever riches there are – here or elsewhere or in the heavens – that excellent treasure
Na no samaṁ atthi tathāgatena, idampi saṅghe ratanaṁ paṇītaṁ:
is not equal unto the Realised One this excellent treasure is in the Saṅgha:
etena saccena suvatthi hotu!
by virtue of this truth may there be safety!
Mahākāruṇiko nātho, hitāya sabbapāṇinaṁ,
The lord of great compassion, for the benefit of all living creatures,
pūretvā pāramī sabbā, patto sambodhimuttamaṁ.
having fulfilled all the perfections has attained supreme and Complete Awakening.
Etena saccavajjena, sotthi te hotu sabbadā!
By this declaration of the truth may you be safe everyday!
Jayanto bodhiyā mūle, sakyānaṁ nandivuḍḍhano –
Succeeding at the root of the Bodhi tree he furthered the Sakyans’ joy –
evameva jayo hotu, jayassu jayamaṅgale!
so may you be successful, may you succeed with the blessing of success!
Aparājitapallaṅke, sīse puthuvipukkhale,
On the undefeated seat at the top of the world which is the most sacred earth,
abhiseke sabbabuddhānaṁ, aggapatto pamodati.
which was consecrated by all Buddhas, he rejoices in the highest attainment.
*[12] Sunakkhattaṁ sumaṅgalaṁ, suppabhātaṁ suhuṭṭhitaṁ,
(May there be) good planets, good blessings, good daybreaks, good waking up,
sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṁ brahmacārisu,
good moments, good instants and good offerings made to the Noble Ones,
* Padakkhiṇaṁ kāyakammaṁ, vācākammaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ,
(May there be) favourable body-actions, favourable speech-actions,
padakkhiṇaṁ manokammaṁ, paṇidhi te padakkhiṇe.
favourable mind-actions, and favourable aspiration for you.
*[13] Padakkhiṇāni katvāna, labhantatthe padakkhiṇe,
And after making these favourable things, (may there be) favourable gains,
te atthaladdhā sukhitā, virūḷhā buddhasāsane,
and (with these) favourable gains (may there be) for you happy growth in the Buddha’s Dispensation,
arogā sukhitā hotha, saha sabbehi ñātibhi!
may you be well and happy, together with all your relatives!
Bhavatu sabbamaṅgalaṁ, rakkhantu sabbadevatā,
May there be every blessing, and may all of the gods protect you,
sabbabuddhānubhāvena, sadā sukhī bhavantu te!
by the power of all the Buddhas may you be well forever!
Bhavatu sabbamaṅgalaṁ, rakkhantu sabbadevatā,
May there be every blessing, and may all of the gods protect you,
sabbadhammānubhāvena, sadā sukhī bhavantu te!
by the power of all that is Dhamma may you be well forever!
Bhavatu sabbamaṅgalaṁ, rakkhantu sabbadevatā,
May there be every blessing, and may all of the gods protect you,
sabbasaṅghānubhāvena, sadā sukhī bhavantu te!
by the power of the whole Sangha may you be well forever!
Pubbaṇhasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse about the Forenoon is finished.
****************************
Paccavekkhaṇā
The Reflections on the Four Requisites
- Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṁ paṭisevāmi,
With proper discernment I make use of the robe,
yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya,
only to ward off the cold, to ward off the heat,
ḍaṁsa-makasa-vātātapa-sarīsapa-samphassānaṁ paṭighātāya,
to ward off contact with gadflies, mosquitoes, wind, the heat (of the sun), and creeping things,
yāvadeva hirikopīnappaṭicchādanatthaṁ.
only as a cover for the shameful parts.
- Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso piṇḍapātaṁ paṭisevāmi,
With proper discernment I make use of almsfood,
neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya,
not for sport, or for showing off, not for ornament, or for adornment,
yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya,
but only to maintain this body, and to carry on,
vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya,
to inhibit annoyance, and to assist in the spiritual life,
iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi,
and so I will get rid of any old feeling,
navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi,
and not produce any new feeling,
yātrā ca me bhavissati, anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca.
and I will carry on, being blameless, and living comfortably.
- Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso senāsanaṁ paṭisevāmi,
With proper discernment make use of a dwelling,
yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya,
only to ward off the cold, to ward off the heat,
ḍaṁsa-makasa-vātātapa-sarīsapa-samphassānaṁ paṭighātāya,
to ward off contact with gadflies, mosquitoes, wind, the heat (of the sun), and serpents,
yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ.
only to dispel the trouble of the (varying) seasons, and so as to delight in seclusion.
- Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso gilānapaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhāraṁ paṭisevāmi,
With proper discernment I make use of the requisite of medicine for support when sick,
yāvadeva uppannānaṁ veyyābādhikānaṁ vedanānaṁ paṭighātāya
only to ward off oppressive feelings that have arisen
abyāpajjaparamatāya.
and at least be free from oppression.
Mettā – Pathanā – Pattidāna
Loving kindness radiation – Aspiration – Sharing merit
Sabbe sattā, sabbe pāṇā, sabbe bhūtā, sabbe puggalā, sabbe attabhāvapariyāpannā,
May all creatures, all breathing creatures, all beings, all persons, all individuals,
sabbā itthiyo, sabbe purisā, sabbe ariyā, sabbe anariyā,
may all women, all men, all those who are Noble, all those who are not (yet) Noble,
sabbe devā, sabbe manussā, sabbe vinipātikā,
all gods, all human beings, all who have fallen (into the lower worlds),
averā hontu, abyāpajjā hontu, anīghā hontu, sukhī attānaṁ pariharantu,
be free from hatred, free from oppression, free from trouble, may they take care of themselves and be happy,
dukkhā muccantu, yathāladdhasampattito mā vigacchantu kammassakā.
may they be free from suffering, being ones who own their actions, may they not lose whatever prosperity they have gained.
Puratthimāya disāya, pacchimāya disāya, uttarāya disāya, dakkhiṇāya disāya,
In the Eastern direction, in the Western direction, in the Northern direction, in the Southern direction,
puratthimāya anudisāya, pacchimāya anudisāya,
in the South-East direction, in the North-West direction,
uttarāya anudisāya, dakkhiṇāya anudisāya,
in the North-East direction, in the South-West direction,
heṭṭhimāya disāya, uparimāya disāya.
in the lower direction, in the upper direction.
Sabbe sattā, sabbe pāṇā, sabbe bhūtā, sabbe puggalā, sabbe attabhāvapariyāpannā,
May all creatures, all breathing creatures, all beings, all persons, all individuals,
sabbā itthiyo, sabbe purisā, sabbe ariyā, sabbe anariyā,
may all women, all men, all those who are Noble, all those who are not (yet) Noble,
sabbe devā, sabbe manussā, sabbe vinipātikā,
all gods, all human beings, all who have fallen (into the lower worlds),
averā hontu, abyāpajjā hontu, anīghā hontu, sukhī attānaṁ pariharantu,
be free from hatred, free from oppression, free from trouble, may they take care of themselves and be happy,
dukkhā muccantu, yathāladdhasampattito mā vigacchantu kammassakā.
may they be free from suffering, being ones who own their actions, may they not lose whatever prosperity they have gained.
Uddhaṁ yāva bhavaggā ca adho yāva avīcito,
From the top of existence down, and from the lowest worlds up,
samantā cakkavāḷesu, ye sattā pathavīcarā,
everywhere in the universe, whatever beings live on the earth,
abyāpajjā niverā ca niddukkhā cā’nuppaddavā.
(may they be) free from oppression, free from hatred, free from suffering, and free from danger.
Uddhaṁ yāva bhavaggā ca adho yāva avīcito,
From theś top of existence down, and from the lowest worlds up,
samantā cakkavāḷesu, ye sattā udakecarā,
everywhere in the universe, whatever beings live in the water,
abyāpajjā niverā ca niddukkhā cā’nuppaddavā.
(may they be) free from oppression, free from hatred, free from suffering, and free from danger.
Uddhaṁ yāva bhavaggā ca adho yāva avīcito,
From the top of existence down, and from the lowest worlds up,
samantā cakkavāḷesu, ye sattā ākāsecarā,
everywhere in the universe, whatever beings live in the sky,
abyāpajjā niverā ca niddukkhā cā’nuppaddavā.
(may they be) free from oppression, free from hatred, free from suffering, and free from danger.
Yaṁ pattaṁ kusalaṁ tassa, ānubhāvena pāṇino,
I have attained what is wholesome, by the power of this, may all beings,
sabbe saddhammarājassa ñatvā dhammaṁ, sukhāvahaṁ,
having understood the King of the True Dhamma’s Doctrine, be led to happiness,
pāpuṇantu visuddhāya, sukhāya paṭipattiyā,
attain to purity, practise comfortably,
asokamanupāyāsaṁ, nibbānasukhamuttamaṁ.
be without grief, without continuing despair, (and attain) the supreme happiness of Emancipation.
Ciraṁ tiṭṭhatu saddhammo, dhamme hontu sagāravā,
May the True Dhamma last long, may all beings have respect for the Dhamma,
sabbepi sattā, kālena sammā devo pavassatu.
may the (rain)-gods rain down at the right time.
Yathārakkhiṁsu porāṇā surājāno tathevimaṁ,
Just like the Good Kings of old gave protection, likewise
rājā rakkhatu dhammena, attanova pajaṁ pajaṁ.
may the (present) King protect the people righteously like he protects his son.
Imāya dhammānudhammapaṭipattiyā buddhaṁ pūjemi,
By this practice in conformity with the Dhamma I worship the Buddha,
imāya dhammānudhammapaṭipattiyā dhammaṁ pūjemi,
by this practice in conformity with the Dhamma I worship the Dhamma,
imāya dhammānudhammapaṭipattiyā saṅghaṁ pūjemi,
by this practice in conformity with the Dhamma I worship the Saṅgha,
addhā imāya paṭipattiyā jāti-jarā-byādhi-maraṇamhā parimuccissāmi.
by this practice I shall be freed from birth, old age, sickness and death.
Idaṁ me puññaṁ āsavakkhayā’vahaṁ hotu.
May my merit bring about the destruction of the pollutants.
Idaṁ me puññaṁ nibbānassa paccayo hotu.
May my merit be a condition for (gaining) Emancipation.
Mama puññabhāgaṁ sabbasattānaṁ bhājemi,
I share my portion of merits with all beings,
te sabbe me samaṁ puññabhāgaṁ labhantu.
may all of them share my portion of merits evenly.
Sādhu! Sādhu! Sādhu!
Well Said! Well Said! Well Said!
*****************************************************
KINH TỤNG BUỔI CHIỀU
(EVENING CHANTING)
5:30 PM
Sagge kāme
Thỉnh chư thiên
Sagge kāme ca rūpe girisikharatate cantalikkhe vimāne
Dīpe raṭṭhe ca gāme taruvanagahane gehavatthumhi khette
Bhummā cāyantu devā jalathalavisame yakkhagandhabbanāgā.
Tiṭṭhantā santike yaṃ munivaravacanaṃ sādhavo me suṇantu.
Dhammassavanakālo ayaṃ bhadantā.
Dhammassavanakālo ayaṃ bhadantā.
Dhammassavanakālo ayaṃ bhadantā.
Xin thỉnh chư thiên ngự trên cõi trời dục giới cùng sắc giới; chư thiên ngự trên đỉnh núi, núi không liền, hoặc nơi hư không; ngự nơi cồn bãi, đất liền hoặc các châu quận; ngự trên cây cối rừng rậm hoặc ruộng vườn; chư dạ-xoa, càn-thác-bà, cùng long vương dưới nước trên bờ hoặc nơi không bằng phẳng, gần đây, xin thỉnh hội họp lại đây. Lời nào là kim ngôn cao thượng của Ðức Thích Ca Mâu Ni mà chúng con tụng đây, xin các bậc hiền triết nên nghe lời ấy.
Xin các ngài đạo đức, giờ này là giờ nên nghe Pháp Bảo.
Xin các ngài đạo đức, giờ này là giờ nên nghe Pháp Bảo.
Xin các ngài đạo đức, giờ này là giờ nên nghe Pháp Bảo.
Ratanattayapūjā
Lễ dâng cúng Tam Bảo
Imehi dīpadhū pādisakkārehi
buddhaṃ dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ
abhipūjayāmi mātā-pitādīnaṃ
guṇavantānañca mayhañca
dīgharattaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya
Con xin dâng các lễ vật này, nhất là nhang đèn để cúng Phật, Pháp, Tăng, Tam-bảo, ngưỡng cầu cho các bậc ân nhân, nhất là cha mẹ con và con đều được sự tấn hóa, sự lợi ích, sự bình an lâu dài.
Buddharatanapaṇāma
Lễ bái Phật Bảo
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
Con đem hết lòng thành kính làm lễ Ðức Bhagavā đó. Ngài là bậc Arahaṃ cao thượng, được chứng quả Chánh Biến Tri, do Ngài tự ngộ, không thầy chỉ dạy. (đọc 3 lần)
Yo sannisinno
Đức Bồ-tát thành đạo
Yo sannisinno varabodhimūle
māraṃ sasenaṃ mahatiṃ vijeyyo
sambodhimāgacchi anantañāṇo
lokuttamotaṃ panamāmi buddhaṃ.
Ðức Phật tham thiền về số tức quan, ngồi trên bồ đoàn, dưới gốc cây Bồ Ðề quý báu và đắc thắng toàn bọn Ma Vương mà thành bậc Chánh Ðẳng Chánh Giác. Ngài là bậc tối thượng hơn cả chúng sinh, Con đem hết lòng thành kính mà làm lễ Ngài.
Tikālabuddhā
Tam thế Chư Phật
Ye ca buddhā atītā ca
ye ca buddhā anāgatā
paccuppannā ca ye buddhā
ahaṃ vandāmi sabbadā.
Chư Phật đã thành Chánh Giác trong kiếp quá khứ, Chư Phật sẽ thành Chánh Giác trong kiếp vị lai, Chư Phật đang thành Chánh Giác trong kiếp hiện tại này. Con đem hết lòng thành kính mà làm lễ Chư Phật trong Tam Thế ấy.
Buddhaguṇa
Ân đức Phật
Itipi so Bhagavā
1) Arahaṃ 2) Sammā-sambuddho
3) Vijjācaraṇa-sampanno
4) Sugato 5) Lokavidū
6) Anuttaro Purisadammasārathi
7) Satthā-devamanussānaṃ
8) Buddho 9) Bhagavā’ti
Itipi so Bhagavā
1 – Arahaṃ (Ứng Cúng)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Arahaṃ, bởi Ngài đã xa lìa các tội lỗi, nên tiền khiên tật thân và khẩu của Ngài đều được trọn lành.
2 – Sammā-sambuddho (Chánh Biến Tri)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Sammā-sambuddho, bởi Ngài đã thành bậc Chánh Ðẳng, Chánh Giác, tự Ngài ngộ lấy không thầy chỉ dạy.
3 – Vijjā-caraṇa-sampanno (Minh Hạnh Túc)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Vijjā-caraṇa-sampanno, bởi Ngài toàn đắc 3 cái giác, 8 cái giác và 15 cái hạnh.
4 – Sugato (Thiện Thệ)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Sugato, bởi Ngài đã ngự đến nơi an lạc, bất sinh, bất diệt Ðại Níp-bàn.
5 – Lokavidū (Thế Gian Giải)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Lokavidū, bởi Ngài đã thông suốt tam giới.
6 – Anuttaro (Vô Thượng Sĩ)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Anuttaro, bởi Ngài có đức hạnh không ai bì.
Purisadammasārathi (Ðiều Ngự Trượng Phu)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Purisadammasārathi, bởi Ngài là đấng tế độ những người hữu duyên nên tế độ.
7 – Satthā deva-manussānaṃ (Thiên Nhân Sư)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Satthā deva-manussānaṃ, bởi Ngài là thầy cả chư thiên và nhân loại.
8 – Buddho (Phật)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Buddho, bởi Ngài giác ngộ lý Tứ Diệu Ðế và đem ra giáo hóa chúng sinh cùng biết với.
9 – Bhagavā’ti (Thế Tôn)
Ðức Thế Tôn hiệu Bhagavā, bởi Ngài đã siêu xuất tam giới, tức là Ngài không còn luân hồi lại nữa.
Buddhāttapaṭiññā
Lời Bố cáo Quy y Phật
Natthi me saraṇaṃ aññaṃ
buddho me saraṇaṃ varaṃ
etena saccavajjena
hotu me jayamaṅgalaṃ.
Chẳng có chi đáng cho con phải nương theo, chỉ có Ðức Phật là quý báu, nên con phải hết lòng thành kính mà nương theo, đặng cầu sự an lạc đến cho con, y như lời chân thật này.
Buddhakhamāpana
Sám hối Phật Bảo
Uttamaṅgena vandehaṃ
pādapaṃsuṃ varuttamaṃ
buddhe yo khalito doso
buddho khamatu taṃ mamaṃ.
Con đem hết lòng thành kính cúi đầu làm lễ vi trần dưới chân Ðức Phật, là Ðấng Chí Tôn Chí Thánh. Các tội lỗi mà con đã vô ý phạm đến Phật Bảo, cúi xin Phật Bảo xá tội lỗi ấy cho con.
Dhammaratanapaṇāma
Lễ bái Pháp Bảo
Aṭṭhaṅgikāriyapatho janānaṃ
mokkhappavesāya ujū ca maggo
dhammo ayaṃ santikaro paṇīto
nīyāniko taṃ panamāmi dhammaṃ.
Các Pháp đúng theo đạo Bát Chánh, là con đường đi của bậc Thánh Nhân, là con đường chánh, dẫn người hữu chí nhập Níp-bàn được. Pháp Bảo là Pháp trừ diệt các sự lao khổ và các điều phiền não, là Pháp chỉ dẫn chúng sinh thoát khỏi cái khổ sinh tử luân hồi. Con đem hết lòng thành kính mà làm lễ Pháp ấy.
Tikāladhammā
Tam thế Chư Pháp
Ye ca dhammā atītā ca
ye ca dhammā anāgatā
paccuppannā ca ye dhammā
ahaṃ vandāmi sabbadā.
Các Pháp của Chư Phật đã có trong kiếp quá khứ. Các Pháp của Chư Phật sẽ có trong kiếp vị lai. Các Pháp của chư Phật đang giáo truyền trong kiếp hiện tại này. Con đem hết lòng thành kính mà làm lễ các Pháp trong tam thế ấy.
Dhammaguṇa
Ân đức Pháp
1) Svākkhāto Bhagavatā Dhammo
2) Sandiṭṭhiko 3) Akāliko
4) Ehipassiko 5) Opaneyyiko
6) Paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti
1 – Svākkhāto Bhagavatā Dhammo:
nghĩa là tam tạng Pháp Bảo của Ðức Thế Tôn, đã khẩu truyền y theo Chánh Pháp.
Dhammo:
là Pháp Thánh có 9 hạng: 4 Đạo, 4 Quả và 1 Níp-bàn.
2 – Sandiṭṭhiko:
là Pháp mà Chư Thánh đã thấy chắc, biết chắc bởi nhờ kiến tánh, chẳng phải vì nghe, vì tin kẻ nào khác, nghĩa là tự mình thấy rõ chân lý.
3 – Akāliko:
là Pháp độ cho đắc quả không chờ ngày giờ, là khi nào đắc Đạo thì đắc Quả không chậm trễ.
4 – Ehipassiko:
là Pháp của Chư Thánh đã đắc Quả rồi, có thể ứng hóa cho kẻ khác biết được.
5 – Opaneyyiko:
là Pháp của Chư Thánh đã có trong mình do nhờ Pháp Thiền Ðịnh.
6 – Paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti:
là Pháp mà các hàng trí tuệ nhất là bậc Thượng Trí được biết, được thấy tự nơi tâm.
Dhammāttapaṭiññā
Lời Bố cáo Quy y Pháp
Natthi me saraṇaṃ aññaṃ
dhammo me saraṇaṃ varaṃ
etena saccavajjena
hotu me jayamaṅgalaṃ.
Chẳng có chi đáng cho con phải nương theo, chỉ có Pháp Bảo là quý báu, nên con phải hết lòng thành kính mà nương theo, đặng cầu sự an lạc đến cho con, y như lời chân thật này.
Dhammakhamāpana
Sám hối Pháp Bảo
Uttamaṅgena vandehaṃ
dhammañca duvidhaṃ varaṃ
dhamme yo khalito doso
dhammo khamatu taṃ mamaṃ.
Con đem hết lòng thành kính, cúi đầu làm lễ hai hạng Pháp Bảo: là Pháp học và Pháp hành. Các tội lỗi mà con đã vô ý phạm đến Pháp Bảo, cúi xin Pháp Bảo xá tội lỗi ấy cho con.
Saṅgharatanapaṇāma
Lễ bái Tăng Bảo
Saṅgho visuddho varadakkhiṇeyyo
santindriyo sabbamalappahīno
guṇehinekehi samiddhipatto
anāsavo taṃ panamāmi saṅghaṃ.
Chư Thánh Tăng đã được trong sạch quý báu, là bậc đáng cho người dâng lễ cúng dường, vì lục căn của các Ngài đã thanh tịnh, lòng tham muốn đã dứt trừ, là Tăng đã thoát ly trần tục. Con đem hết lòng thành kính mà làm lễ chư Thánh Tăng ấy.
Tikālasaṅghā
Tam thế Chư Tăng
Ye ca saṅghā atītā ca
ye ca saṅghā anāgatā
paccuppannā ca ye saṅghā
ahaṃ vandāmi sabbadā.
Chư Tăng đã đắc Đạo cùng Quả trong kiếp quá khứ. Chư Tăng sẽ đắc Đạo cùng Quả trong kiếp vị lai. Chư Tăng đang đắc Đạo cùng Quả trong kiếp hiện tại này. Con đem hết lòng thành kính mà làm lễ Chư Thánh Tăng trong tam thế ấy.
Saṅghaguṇa
Ân đức Tăng
1) Suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho.
2) Ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho.
3) Ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho.
4) Sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho.
Yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni.
Aṭṭha purisa-puggalā.
Esa Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho.
5) Āhuneyyo 6) Pāhuneyyo
7) Dakkhiṇeyyo 8) Añjalikaraṇīyo
9) Anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
1- Suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho:
Tăng là các bậc Thinh Văn đệ tử Phật, các Ngài đã tu hành chín chắn y theo Chánh Pháp.
2 – Ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho:
Tăng là các bậc Thinh Văn đệ tử Phật, các Ngài đã tu hành chín chắn y theo Thánh Pháp.
3 – Ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho:
Tăng là các bậc Thinh Văn đệ tử Phật, các Ngài tu hành để Giác Ngộ Níp-bàn, là nơi an lạc dứt khỏi các sự thống khổ.
4 – Sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho:
Tăng là các bậc Thinh Văn đệ tử Phật, các Ngài đã tu theo Pháp Giới Ðịnh Tuệ.
Yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni:
Tăng nếu đếm đôi thì có bốn bậc:
Tăng đã đắc đạo cùng quả Tu-đà-hoàn;
Tăng đã đắc đạo cùng quả Tư-đà-hàm;
Tăng đã đắc đạo cùng quả A-na-hàm;
Tăng đã đắc đạo cùng quả A-la-hán.
Aṭṭha purisa-puggalā:
Tăng nếu đếm chiếc thì có tám bậc:
Tăng đã đắc đạo Tu-đà-hoàn;
Tăng đã đắc quả Tu-đà-hoàn;
Tăng đã đắc đạo Tư-đà-hàm;
Tăng đã đắc quả Tư-đà-hàm;
Tăng đã đắc đạo A-na-hàm;
Tăng đã đắc quả A-na-hàm;
Tăng đã đắc đạo A-la-hán;
Tăng đã đắc quả A-la-hán.
Esa Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho:
Chư Tăng ấy là các bậc Thinh Văn đệ tử Phật.
5 – Āhuneyyo:
Các Ngài đáng thọ lãnh bốn món vật dụng của tín thí, ở phương xa đem đến dâng cúng cho những người có giới hạnh.
6 – Pāhuneyyo.
Các Ngài đáng thọ lãnh của tín thí, mà họ dành để cho thân quyến cùng bầu bạn ở các nơi, nhưng họ lại đem đến dâng cúng cho các Ngài.
7 – Dakkhiṇeyyo.
Các Ngài đáng thọ lãnh của tín thí, tin lý nhân quả đem đến dâng cúng.
8 – Añjalikaraṇīyo.
Các Ngài đáng cho chúng sinh lễ bái.
9 – Anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
Các Ngài là phước điền của chúng sinh không đâu bì kịp.
Saṅghāttapaṭiññā
Lời Bố cáo Quy y Tăng
Natthi me saranaṃ aññaṃ
saṅgho me saraṇam varaṃ
etena saccavajjena
hotu me jayamaṅgalaṃ.
Chẳng có chi đáng cho con phải nương theo, chỉ có đức Tăng là quý báu, nên con phải hết lòng thành kính mà nương theo, đặng cầu sự an lạc đến cho con y như lời chân thật này.
Saṅghakhamāpana
Sám hối Tăng Bảo
Uttamaṅgena vandehaṃ
saṅghañca duvidhottamaṃ
saṅghe yo khalito doso
saṅgho khamatu taṃ mamaṃ.
Con đem hết lòng thành kính, cúi đầu làm lễ hai bậc Tăng Bảo: là Phàm Tăng và Thánh Tăng. Các tội lỗi mà con đã vô ý phạm đến Tăng Bảo, cúi xin Tăng Bảo xá tội lỗi ấy cho con.
Vandāmi cetiyaṃ
Lễ bái Xá lợi và các Bảo tháp
Vandāmi cetiyaṃ sabbaṃ
sabbaṭṭhānesupatiṭṭhitaṃ
sārīrikadhātu mahābodhiṃ
buddharūpaṃ sakalaṃ sadā.
Con xin thành kính làm lễ tất cả Bảo Tháp, ngọc Xá Lợi, đại thọ Bồ Ðề và kim thân Phật đã tạo thờ trong khắp mọi nơi.
Con xin lễ bái các phần,
Bảo tháp, Xá lợi, kim thân Phật đà,
Bồ đề khắp cõi Sa bà,
Luôn luôn thành kính hương hoa cúng dường.
Vaṇṇagandha
Dâng hoa và hương
Vaṇṇagandha – gunopetaṃ
etaṃ kusuma santatiṃ
pūjayāmi munindassa
siripāda – sanoruhe.
Pūjemi buddhaṃ kusumenanena
puññena me tena ca hotu mokkhaṃ
pupphaṃ milāyāti yathā idaṃ me
kāyo tathā yāti vināsabhāvaṃ.
Pūjemi dhammaṃ kusumenanena
puññena me tena ca hotu mokkhaṃ
pupphaṃ milāyāti yathā idaṃ me
kāyo tathā yāti vināsabhāvaṃ.
Pūjemi saṅghaṃ kusumenanena
puññena me tena ca hotu mokkhaṃ
pupphaṃ milāyāti yathā idaṃ me
kāyo tathā yāti vināsabhāvaṃ.
Chúng con xin cúng dường Phật Bảo,
Bao cành hoa toàn hảo hiến dâng.
Cầu mong thoát chốn mê trần,
Níp-bàn chóng đến hầu gần Thế Tôn.
Hoa này sẽ bất tồn dương cảnh,
Ủ rủ dần hình ảnh còn chi.
Chúng con phải chịu thế ni,
Xác thân ngũ uẩn chuyển di bất thường!
Chúng con xin cúng dường Pháp Bảo,
Bao cành hoa toàn hảo hiến dâng.
Cầu mong thoát chốn mê trần,
Níp-bàn chóng đến hầu gần Thế Tôn.
Hoa này sẽ bất tồn dương cảnh,
Ủ rủ dần hình ảnh còn chi.
Chúng con phải chịu thế ni,
Xác thân ngũ uẩn chuyển di bất thường!
Chúng con xin cúng dường Tăng Bảo,
Bao cành hoa toàn hảo hiến dâng.
Cầu mong thoát chốn mê trần,
Níp-bàn chóng đến hầu gần Thế Tôn.
Hoa này sẽ bất tồn dương cảnh,
Ủ rủ dần hình ảnh còn chi.
Chúng con phải chịu thế ni,
Xác thân ngũ uẩn chuyển di bất thường!
***
Dâng hoa cúng đến Phật-đà,
Nguyện mau giải thoát sinh già khổ đau.
Hoa tươi nhưng sẽ úa sầu,
Tấm thân tứ đại khỏi sao điêu tàn.
Dâng hoa cúng đến Đạt-ma,
Nguyện mau giải thoát sinh già khổ đau.
Hoa tươi nhưng sẽ úa sầu,
Tấm thân tứ đại khỏi sao điêu tàn.
Dâng hoa cúng đến Tăng-già,
Nguyện mau giải thoát sinh già khổ đau.
Hoa tươi nhưng sẽ úa sầu,
Tấm thân tứ đại khỏi sao điêu tàn.
Sambuddhe
Chư Chánh Đẳng Giác Phật
- Sambuddhe aṭṭha-vīsañca
dvā-dasañcasahassake
pañca-sata-sahassāni
namāmi sirasā ahaṃ.
Tesaṃ dhammañca saṅghañca
ādarena namāmihaṃ
namakkārānubhāvena
hantvā sabbe upaddave
anekā antarāyāpi
vinassantu asesato.
- Sambuddhe pañca-paññāsañca
catu-vīsati-sahassake
dasa-sata-sahassāni
namāmi sirasā ahaṃ.
Tesaṃ dhammañca saṅghañca
ādarena namāmihaṃ
namakkārānubhāvena
hantvā sabbe upaddave
anekā antarāyāpi
vinassantu asesato.
- Sambuddhe navuttara-sate
aṭṭha-cattālīsa-sahassake
vīsati-sata-sahassāni
namāmi sirasā ahaṃ.
Tesaṃ dhammañca saṅghañca
ādarena namāmihaṃ
namakkārānubhāvena
hantvā sabbe upaddave
anekā antarāyāpi
vinassantu asesato.
- Con đem hết lòng thành kính, làm lễ 28 vị Chánh Biến Tri, 12 ngàn vị Chánh Biến Tri và 500 ngàn vị Chánh Biến Tri.
Con đem hết lòng thành kính, làm lễ Pháp Bảo và Tăng Bảo của các vị Chánh Biến Tri ấy.
Do sự lễ bái cúng dường, xin nhờ oai lực các bậc Chánh Biến Tri mà những điều rủi ro và sự tai hại thảy đều diệt tận.
- Con đem hết lòng thành kính, làm lễ 55 vị Chánh Biến Tri, 24 ngàn vị Chánh Biến Tri và 1 triệu vị Chánh Biến Tri.
Con đem hết lòng thành kính làm lễ Pháp Bảo và Tăng Bảo của các vị Chánh Biến Tri ấy.
Do sự lễ bái cúng dường, xin nhờ oai lực các bậc Chánh Biến Tri mà những điều rủi ro và sự tai hại thảy đều diệt tận.
- Con đem hết lòng thành kính, làm lễ 109 vị Chánh Biến Tri, 48 ngàn vị Chánh Biến Tri và 2 triệu vị Chánh Biến Tri.
Con đem hết lòng thành kính làm lễ Pháp Bảo và Tăng Bảo của các vị Chánh Biến Tri ấy.
Do sự lễ bái cúng dường, xin nhờ oai lực các bậc Chánh Biến Tri mà những điều rủi ro và sự tai hại thảy đều diệt tận.
Sabbadisasu mettāphanranaṃ
Rải Tâm từ theo các hướng
Sabbe puratthimāya disāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe puratthimāya anudisāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe dakkhiṇāya disāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe dakkhiṇāya anudisāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe pacchimāya disāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe pacchimāya anudisāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe uttarāya disāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe uttarāya anudisāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe uparimāya disāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe heṭṭhimāya disāya sattā averā sukhī hontu.
Sabbe sattā averā hontu, sukhita hontu, niddukkhā hontu, abyāpajjhā hontu, anīghā hontu, dīghāyukā hontu, arogā hontu, sampattīhi samijjhantu sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, dukkhappattā ca niddukkhā, bhayappattā ca nibbhayā, sokappattā ca nissokā hontu sabbepi pāṇino.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng đông, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng đông nam, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng nam, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng tây nam, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng tây, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng tây bắc, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng bắc, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng đông bắc, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng trên, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh trong hướng dưới, đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui.
Nguyện cho tất cả chúng sinh đừng có oan trái lẫn nhau, hãy cho được sự an vui, đừng có khổ, đừng làm hại lẫn nhau, đừng hẹp lượng, hãy cho được sống lâu, đừng có bệnh hoạn, hãy cho được thành tựu đầy đủ, hãy giữ mình cho được sự an vui.
Tất cả chúng sinh đến khổ rồi, xin đừng cho có khổ, đến sự kinh sợ rồi, xin đừng cho kinh sợ, đến sự thương tiếc rồi, xin đừng cho thương tiếc.
Ākāsaṭṭhā
Hồi hướng chư thiên
Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhummaṭṭhā
devā nāgā mah’iddhikā
puññaṃ no anumodantu
ciraṃ rakkhantu sāsanaṃ*.
[ * thay thế sāsanaṃ bằng rājano, ñātayo, pāṇino, no sadā]
Chư thiên ngự trên hư không,
Địa cầu thường ngự rõ thông mọi điều,
Long vương thần lực có nhiều,
Đồng xin hoan hỷ phước đều chúng tôi,
Hộ trì Phật giáo, Tăng bồi,
Các bậc Thầy, Tổ an vui lâu dài,
Quyến thuộc tránh khỏi nạn tai,
Chúng sinh được hưởng phước dài bền lâu,
Chúng tôi vui thú Đạo mầu,
Tu hành tinh tấn ngõ hầu vô sinh (Níp-bàn).
Pathanā – Pattidāna
Ước nguyện – Hồi hướng
Idaṃ no ñātīnaṃ hotu sukhitā hontu ñātayo.
Do sự phước báu mà chúng con đã trong sạch làm đây, xin hồi hướng đến thân bằng quyến thuộc đã quá vãng, cầu mong cho các vị ấy hằng được an vui.
Do sự phước báu mà chúng con đã trong sạch làm đây, xin chia phước đến thân bằng quyến thuộc còn đang hiện tiền, cầu mong cho các vị ấy hằng được an vui.
Idaṃ me puññaṃ āsavakkhayā’vahaṃ hotu.
Idaṃ me puññaṃ nibbānassa paccayo hotu.
Phước lành này của con, nguyện đoạn tận những ô nhiễm trong tâm.
Phước lành này của con, nguyện là duyên giác ngộ Níp-bàn.
Mama puññabhāgaṃ sabbasattānaṃ bhājemi;
Te sabbe me samaṃ puññabhāgaṃ labhantu.
Phước lành của con, xin chia đều đến tất cả sinh linh,
Mong tất cả hãy thọ nhận phần phước ấy được đều nhau.
Sādhu, Sādhu, Lành thay !
****************************
NGHI THỨC THỌ TRÌ TAM QUY & NGŨ GIỚI/ BÁT GIỚI
(THREE REFUGEES & FIVE/EIGHT PRECEPTS)
Sám hối
Okāsa Okāsa Okāsa! Kāyakamma Vì mong muốn tránh khỏi, Đã phạm đến Tam Bảo: Buddharatana, Con thành kính đảnh lễ, | Xin năm bậc ân đức, Do thành tâm sám hối, – Sinh trong bốn cõi ác, – Gặp phải ba nạn tai, – Tám trường hợp bất lợi, – Năm kẻ thù phá hoại, – Bốn cảnh không hợp thời, – Năm bất hạnh kiếp người. Trong tất cả mọi thời, Chân lý Tứ Thánh Đế, |
Quy y Tam Bảo và Thọ trì Ngũ giới/ Bát giới
Đọc theo vị Sư hoặc tự đọc:
| Mayaṃ bhante tisaraṇena saha pañca sīlāṃ/ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathasīlaṃ dhammaṃ yācāma, anuggahaṃ katvā, sīlaṃ detha, no bhante. | Bạch Đại đức! Chúng con xin thọ trì Tam quy và Ngũ giới/ Bát quan trai giới nơi Tam Bảo, để vâng giữ, hành theo cho được sự tấn hoá, sự lợi ích, sự bình an lâu dài. |
| Dutiyaṃpi mayaṃ bhante tisaraṇena saha pañca sīlāṃ/ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathasīlaṃ dhammaṃ yācāma, anuggahaṃ katvā, sīlaṃ detha, no bhante. | Lần thứ nhì, bạch Đại đức! Chúng con xin thọ trì Tam quy và Ngũ giới/ Bát quan trai giới nơi Tam Bảo, để vâng giữ, hành theo cho được sự tấn hoá, sự lợi ích, sự bình an lâu dài. |
| Tatiyaṃpi mayaṃ bhante tisaraṇena saha pañca sīlāṃ/ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathasīlaṃ dhammaṃ yācāma, anuggahaṃ katvā, sīlaṃ detha, no bhante. | Lần thứ ba, bạch Đại đức! Chúng con xin thọ trì Tam quy và Ngũ giới/ Bát quan trai giới nơi Tam Bảo, để vâng giữ, hành theo cho được sự tấn hoá, sự lợi ích, sự bình an lâu dài. |
| Đọc theo vị Sư: | |
Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa (3x) | Con đem hết lòng thành kính đảnh lễ Đức Thế Tôn, bậc A-la-hán, Chánh Đẳng Giác. (3 lần) |
Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Phật. |
| Dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Pháp. |
| Saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Tăng. |
| Dutiyaṃpi Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Phật lần thứ nhì. |
| Dutiyaṃpi Dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Pháp lần thứ nhì. |
| Dutiyaṃpi Saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Tăng lần thứ nhì. |
| Tatiyaṃpi Buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Phật lần thứ ba. |
| Tatiyaṃpi Dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Pháp lần thứ ba. |
| Tatiyaṃpi Saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi. | Con đem hết lòng thành kính xin quy y Tăng lần thứ ba. |
| Vị Sư đọc: | |
| “Tisaraṇaggamanaṃ paripuṇṇam” | Phép Quy y Tam bảo đầy đủ chỉ có bấy nhiêu. |
| Người thọ giới đọc: | |
| “Āma bhante”. | Dạ xin vâng! |
Đọc theo vị Sư: 1. Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyāmi. | Con xin vâng giữ điều học là cố ý tránh xa sự sát sinh. |
| 2. Adinnādānā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyāmi. | Con xin vâng giữ điều học là cố ý tránh xa sự trộm cắp. |
| 3. Kāmesu micchācārā/ Abrahmacariyā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyāmi. | Con xin vâng giữ điều học là cố ý tránh xa sự tà dâm/ hành dâm. |
| 4. Musāvādā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyāmi. | Con xin vâng giữ điều học là cố ý tránh xa sự nói dối. |
| 5. Surāmeraya-majjap-pamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyāmi. | Con xin vâng giữ điều học là cố ý tránh xa sự dễ duôi uống rượu và các chất say. |
| 6.Vikālabhojanā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyāmi. | Con xin vâng giữ điều học là cố ý tránh xa sự ăn sái giờ. |
| 7. Nācca-gīta-vādita-visūka-dassana-mālāgandha-vilepana-dhārana-maṇdaṇa-vibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyāmi. | Con xin vâng giữ điều học là cố ý tránh xa sự múa hát, thổi kèn, chơi đàn, xem múa hát, nghe đàn kèn, trang điểm, thoa vật thơm, bôi phấn, và đeo tràng hoa. |
| 8. Uccāsayana-mahāsayanā veramaṇī sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyāmi. | Con xin vâng giữ điều học là cố ý tránh xa chỗ nằm ngồi nơi quá cao và xinh đẹp. |
| Vị Sư đọc: | |
| “Imāni pañca sikkhāpadāni/ aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni sādhukaṃ katvā appamādena niccakālaṃ sammārakkhitabbaṃ”. | Quý thiện tín sau khi thọ trì Tam Quy và Ngũ giới/ Bát quan trai giới, thì cố gắng vâng giữ và hành theo, chớ nên buông lung, xao nhãng. |
| Người thọ giới đọc: | |
| “Āma bhante.” | Dạ xin vâng! |
Hồi hướng, Chia phước và Phát nguyện
Idaṃ no[14] (me)[15] puññaṃ āsavakkhayā’vahaṃ hontu (hotu).
Idaṃ no (me) puññaṃ nibbānassa paccayo hontu (hotu).
Phước này của (chúng) con, nguyện đoạn tận những ô nhiễm trong tâm.
Phước này của (chúng) con, nguyện là duyên giác ngộ Níp-bàn.
Idaṃ no (me) ñātinaṃ hotu, sukhitā hontu ñātayo.
Phước này của (chúng) con, nguyện cho thân quyến được bình an.
Imaṃ puññabhāgaṃ – mātā-pitu–ācariya–ñāti–mittānañceva – sesa-sabba-sattānañca – sabba-catumahārājikā deve ca – tāvatiṁsa deve ca – yāmā deve ca – tusitā deve ca – nimmānaratī deve ca – paranimmita-vasavattī deve ca, santisukhavihāre deve ca dema, sabbepi te puññapattiṃ laddhāna, sukhitā hontu.
(Chúng) con chia phước này, đến ông bà, cha mẹ, thầy tổ, thân bằng quyến thuộc, tất cả chúng sinh, chư thiên các cõi Tứ Đại Thiên Vương, Đao-lợi, Dạ-ma, Đâu-suất-đà, Hoá lạc thiên, Tha hoá tự tại thiên và chư thiên ở Thiền viện Tịnh Lạc, cầu mong cho tất cả hoan hỷ thọ nhận phước báu này, được sự an vui và hộ trì nhân loại, thoát mọi tai ương, tật bệnh.
Sādhu Sādhu Sādhu!!!
****************************
KINH DÙNG TRONG CÁC BUỔI LỄ
(EXTRA CHANTING FOR CEREMONIES)
Anekajāti Pāḷi
Through Countless Births Text
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. (3x)
Reverence to him, the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-Enlightened One.
Anekajātisaṁsāraṁ, sandhāvissaṁ anibbisaṁ.
Through countless births in saṁsāra I have wandered without finding.
Gahakāraṁ gavesanto: dukkhā jāti punappunaṁ.
While seeking the housebuilder, (I had received) jāti-dukkhā which is to be born again and again.
Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi! Puna gehaṁ na kāhasi:
O housebuilder, now you are seen! You will not build the house again:
sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṁ visaṅkhataṁ,
all your rafters have been broken, and the ridgepole has been destroyed,
visaṅkhāragataṁ cittaṁ, taṇhānaṁ khayamajjhagā. (3x)
my mind has reached the Unconditioned, and craving’s end has been achieved.
Iti imasmiṁ sati idaṁ hoti; imassuppādā idaṁ uppajjati,
This being so, that is; from the arising of this, that arises,
yadidaṁ: avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā,
that is to say: with ignorance as condition there are (volitional) formations,
saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ,
with (volitional) formations as condition: consciousness,
viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ,
with consciousness as condition: mind and body,
nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṁ,
with mind and body as condition: the six sense bases,
saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso,
with the six sense bases as condition: contact,
phassapaccayā vedanā,
with contact as condition: feeling,
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā,
with feeling as condition: craving,
taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṁ,
with craving as condition: attachment,
upādānapaccayā bhavo,
with attachment as condition: continuation,
bhavapaccayā jāti,
because of (kamma) becoming, birth (upapatti-bhava = aggregates which arise dependent on jāti),
because of becoming (kamma-bhava), birth (upapatti-bhava = aggregates which arise dependent on jāti),
jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṁ,
with birth as condition: old age, death,
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti.
grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair (all) arise,
Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
and so there is an origination of this whole mass of suffering.
Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,
When (the nature of) things becomes really manifest
ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa.
to the ardent meditating brāhmaṇa,
Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā,
then all his doubts disappear,
yato pajānāti sahetudhammaṁ.
since he knows (the nature of a) thing and its cause.
Iti imasmiṁ asati idaṁ na hoti; imassa nirodhā idaṁ nirujjhati,
This not being so, that is not; from the ceasing of this, that ceases,
yadidaṁ: avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho,
that is to say: from the cessation of ignorance, there is the cessation of (volitional) formations,
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho,
from the cessation of (volitional) formations: the cessation of consciousness,
viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho,
from the cessation of consciousness: the cessation of mind and body,
nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho,
from the cessation of mind and body: the cessation of the six sense bases,
saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho,
from the cessation of the six sense bases: the cessation of contact,
phassanirodhā vedanānirodho,
from the cessation of contact: the cessation of feeling,
vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho,
from the cessation of feeling: the cessation of craving,
taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho,
from the cessation of craving: the cessation of attachment,
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho,
from the cessation of attachment: the cessation of continuation,
bhavanirodhā jātinirodho,
from the cessation of (kamma) becoming: the cessation of birth (upapatti-bhava = aggregates which arise dependent on jāti), from the cessation of becoming (kamma-bhava): the cessation of birth(upapatti-bhava = aggregates which arise dependent on jāti),
jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṁ,
from the cessation of birth: old age, death,
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti.
grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair (all) cease,
Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
and so there is a cessation of this whole mass of suffering.
Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,
When (the nature of) things becomes really manifest
ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa.
to the ardent meditating brāhmaṇa,
Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā,
then all his doubts disappear,
yato khayaṁ paccayānaṁ avedi.
since the destruction of causes has been understood.
Iti imasmiṁ sati idaṁ hoti, imassuppādā idaṁ uppajjati,
This being so, that is; from the arising of this, that arises,
imasmiṁ asati idaṁ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṁ nirujjhati,
this not being so, that is not; from the ceasing of this, that ceases,
yadidaṁ: avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā,
that is to say: with ignorance as condition there are (volitional) formations,
saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ,
with (volitional) formations as condition: consciousness,
viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ,
with consciousness as condition: mind and body,
nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṁ,
with mind and body as condition: the six sense bases,
saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso,
with the six sense bases as condition: contact,
phassapaccayā vedanā,
with contact as condition: feeling,
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā,
with feeling as condition: craving,
taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṁ,
with craving as condition: attachment,
upādānapaccayā bhavo,
with attachment as condition: continuation,
bhavapaccayā jāti,
because of (kamma) becoming, birth (upapatti-bhava = aggregates which arise dependent on jāti),
because of becoming (kamma-bhava), birth (upapatti-bhava = aggregates which arise dependent on jāti),
jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṁ,
with birth as condition: old age, death,
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti.
grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair (all) arise,
Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
and so there is an origination of this whole mass of suffering.
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho,
But from the complete fading away and cessation of ignorance, there is the cessation of (volitional) formations,
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho,
from the cessation of (volitional) formations: the cessation of consciousness,
viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho,
from the cessation of consciousness: the cessation of mind and body,
nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho,
from the cessation of mind and body: the cessation of the six sense bases,
saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho,
from the cessation of the six sense bases: the cessation of contact,
phassanirodhā vedanānirodho,
from the cessation of contact: the cessation of feeling,
vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho,
from the cessation of feeling: the cessation of craving,
taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho,
from the cessation of craving: the cessation of attachment,
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho,
from the cessation of attachment: the cessation of continuation,
bhavanirodhā jātinirodho,
from the cessation of (kamma) becoming: the cessation of birth (upapatti-bhava = aggregates which arise dependent on jāti),
from the cessation of becoming (kamma-bhava): the cessation of birth (upapatti-bhava = aggregates which arise dependent on jāti),
jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṁ,
from the cessation of birth: old age, death,
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti.
grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair (all) cease,
Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
and so there is a cessation of this whole mass of suffering.
Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,
When (the nature of) things becomes really manifest
ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa.
to the ardent meditating brāhmaṇa,
Vidhūpayaṁ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṁ,
he dwells dispelling Māra’s army,
suriyova obhāsayamantalikkhaṁ.
as the sun (dwells) lighting up the firmament.
Hetupaccayo, ārammaṇapaccayo
Root condition, object condition,
adhipatipaccayo, anantarapaccayo,
predominance condition, preceding condition,
samanantarapaccayo, sahajātapaccayo,
prior condition, arising together condition,
aññamaññapaccayo, nissayapaccayo,
mutuality condition, support condition,
upanissayapaccayo, purejātapaccayo,
strong support condition, arising before condition,
pacchājātapaccayo, āsevanapaccayo,
arising later condition, habitual condition,
kammapaccayo, vipākapaccayo,
(intentional) deed condition, result condition,
āhārapaccayo, indriyapaccayo,
nutriment condition, faculty condition,
jhānapaccayo, maggapaccayo,
absorption condition, path condition,
sampayuttapaccayo, vippayuttapaccayo,
association condition, disassociation condition,
atthipaccayo, natthipaccayo,
presence condition, absence condition,
vigatapaccayo, avigatapaccayoti.
disappearance condition, non-disappearance condition
****************************
Jayaparittaṁ
The Success Safeguard
Jayanto bodhiyā mūle, sakyānaṁ nandivuḍḍhano –
Succeeding at the root of the Bodhi tree he furthered the Sakyans’ joy –
evameva jayo hotu, jayassu jayamaṅgale.
so may you be successful, may you succeed with the blessing of success!
Aparājitapallaṅke, sīse puthuvipukkhale,
On the undefeated seat at the top of the world which is the most sacred earth,
abhiseke sabbabuddhānaṁ, aggapatto pamodati.
which was consecrated by all Buddhas, he rejoices in the highest attainment.
Sunakkhattaṁ sumaṅgalaṁ, suppabhātaṁ suhuṭṭhitaṁ,
(May there be) good planets, good blessings, good daybreaks, good waking up,
sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṁ brahmacārisu.
good moments, good instants and good offerings made to the Noble Ones,
Padakkhiṇaṁ kāyakammaṁ, vācākammaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ,
(May there be) favourable body-actions, favourable speech-actions,
padakkhiṇaṁ manokammaṁ, paṇidhi te padakkhiṇe.
favourable mind-actions, and favourable aspiration for you.
Padakkhiṇāni katvāna, labhantatthe padakkhiṇe,
And after making these favourable things, (may there be) favourable gains,
te atthaladdhā sukhitā, viruḷhā buddhasāsane,
and (with these) favourable gains (may there be) for you happy growth in the Buddha’s Dispensation,
arogā sukhitā hotha, saha sabbehi ñātibhi.
may you be well and happy, together with all your relatives!
Bhavatu sabbamaṅgalaṁ, rakkhantu sabbadevatā,
May there be every blessing, and may all of the gods protect you,
sabbabuddhānubhāvena, sadā sukhī bhavantu te.
by the power of all the Buddhas may you be well forever!
Bhavatu sabbamaṅgalaṁ, rakkhantu sabbadevatā,
May there be every blessing, and may all of the gods protect you,
sabbadhammānubhāvena, sadā sukhī bhavantu te.
by the power of all that is Dhamma may you be well forever!
Bhavatu sabbamaṅgalaṁ, rakkhantu sabbadevatā,
May there be every blessing, and may all of the gods protect you,
sabbasaṅghānubhāvena, sadā sukhī bhavantu te.
by the power of the whole Sangha may you be well forever!
Mahānamakkāra Pāḷi
The Great Reverence Text
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa. (3x)
Reverence to him, the Blessed One, the Worthy One, Perfectly the Self-Enlightened One.
- Sugataṁ sugataṁ seṭṭhaṁ, kusalaṁkusalaṁ jahaṁ,
The one who speaks only what is true and beneficial, who is the well-gone (to Nibbāna) and excellent, who has given up wholesome and unwholesome deeds,
amataṁ amataṁ santaṁ, asamaṁ asamaṁ dadaṁ,
Who is deathless, who found the Deathless (Nibbāna), who is peaceful, who is unrivalled, and gives the Matchless (Nibbāna) (to others),
saraṇaṁ saraṇaṁ lokaṁ, araṇaṁ araṇaṁ karaṁ,
Who is the refuge (for men and gods), who knows the world, the one without passions, who makes the passions fade,
abhayaṁ abhayaṁ ṭhānaṁ nāyakaṁ: nāyakaṁ name.
The one without fear, who leads to that fearless place: I will revere (Lord Buddha), the Leader.
- Nayanasubhagakāyaṅgaṁ,
Having body and limbs lovely to the eyes,
madhuravarasaropetaṁ,
Endowed with a noble and sweet voice,
amitaguṇagaṇādhāraṁ:
The receptacle of many measureless virtues:
dasabalamatulaṁ vande.
I worship that incomparable One who has Ten Powers.
- Yo buddho dhitimāññadhārako,
He who is Buddha, the bearer of steadfast knowledge,
saṁsāre anubhosi kāyikaṁ
Who underwent in the continual round of existence, both bodily
dukkhaṁ cetasikañca lokato:
And mental suffering for the sake of the world:
taṁ vande naradevamaṅgalaṁ.
I worship Him, who is a blessing for men and gods.
- Bāttiṁsatilakkhaṇacitradehaṁ,
He who has the thirty-two beautiful marks on his body,
dehajjutiniggatapajjalantaṁ,
Whose body shines with an effulgence of light,
paññādhitisīlaguṇoghavindaṁ:
Who possesses an ocean of wisdom, steadfastness, morality and virtue:
vande munimantimajātiyuttaṁ.
I worship that Sage who is in his final birth.
- Pātodayaṁ bāladivākaraṁva,
Like a fresh sun rising in the morning,
majjhe yatīnaṁ lalitaṁ sirīhi,
With charming grace in the midst of those who strive,
puṇṇindusaṅkāsamukhaṁ, anejaṁ:
Having a face like a full moon, lust-free:
vandāmi sabbaññumahaṁ munindaṁ.
I worship the omniscient Lord of Sages.
- Upetapuñño, varabodhimūle
Endowed with merit, at the root of the Bodhi tree
sasenamāraṁ sugato jinitvā,
The Fortunate One, after defeating Māra and his army,
abojjhi bodhiṁ aruṇodayamhi:
Awoke to Wisdom as the dawn broke:
namāmi taṁ mārajinaṁ abhaṅgaṁ.
I revere Him, the unbroken one, who defeated the (five) deaths.
- Rāgādichedāmalañāṇakhaggaṁ,
That one having the sword of undefiled knowledge that cuts off passion and so on,
satīsamaññāphalakābhigāhaṁ,
Who holds up the shield known as mindfulness,
sīloghalaṅkāravibhūsitaṁ: taṁ
Who is adorned with the decoration of an ocean of morality: Him
namāmibhiññāvaramiddhupetaṁ.
I revere, the one endowed with noble knowledge and psychic power.
- Dayālayaṁ sabbadhi dukkaraṁ karaṁ,
That abode of sympathy, who (overcoming) difficulties everywhere,
bhavaṇṇavātikkamamaggataṁ gataṁ,
And, overcoming the ocean of existence, attained the highest,
tilokanāthaṁ susamāhitaṁ hitaṁ:
The well-composed Lord of the Three Worlds who is a benefit (to others):
samantacakkhuṁ paṇamāmi taṁmitaṁ.
I bow down to the measureless All-Seeing One.
- Tahiṁ tahiṁ pāramisañcayaṁ cayaṁ,
In this place and that place he accumulated a store of perfections,
gataṁ gataṁ sabbhi sukhappadaṁ padaṁ,
He attained the happy resting place of the virtuous,
narānarānaṁ sukhasambhavaṁ bhavaṁ,
And is the origin and source of happiness for men and gods,
namānamānaṁ jinapuṅgavaṁ gavaṁ.
I revere the noble Victor, who (overcame) the disrespectful fools.
- Maggaṅganāvaṁ munidakkhanāviko,
The Sage and skilful mariner ascended the ship of the Path-factors,
īhāphiyaṁ ñāṇakarena gāhako,
Grasped with the hand of knowledge the rudder of exertion,
āruyha yo tāya bahū bhavaṇṇavā:
Caused many beings to cross over the ocean of existence by that ship:
tāresi taṁ buddhamaghappahaṁ name.
I revere Him, who understood, abandoned distress.
- Samatiṁsatipāramisambharaṇaṁ,
He who fulfilled the thirty perfections equally,
varabodhidume catusaccadasaṁ,
Who, under the noble Bodhi tree, saw the Four Truths,
varamiddhigataṁ naradevahitaṁ:
Attained the noble psychic powers, which benefit gods and men:
tibhavūpasamaṁ paṇamāmi jinaṁ.
I bow down to the Victor, who stilled (rebirth in) the three (planes of) existence.
- Satapuññajalakkhaṇikaṁ virajaṁ,
Having the marks that arose because of hundreds of merits, passionless,
gaganūpamadhiṁ dhitimerusamaṁ,
Superior like the sky, firm like (Mount) Meru,
jalajūpamasītalasīlayutaṁ,
Cool, like the lotus, endowed with morality,
pathavīsahanaṁ paṇamāmi jinaṁ.
who endures (like) the Earth: I bow down to the Victor.
- Yo buddho sumati, dive divākarova,
He who is the wise Buddha, like the sun shining in the day,
sobhanto ratijanane silāsanamhi,
Resplendent, on the stone throne which produces (gods’) delight,
āsīno sivasukhadaṁ adesi dhammaṁ,
While sitting, Taught the Abhidhamma, which gives the happiness of safety,
devānaṁ tamasadisaṁ namāmi niccaṁ.
To the gods: I always revere Him who is Matchless.
- Yo pādapaṅkajamuduttalarājikehi,
On the tender skin of his lotus feet,
lokehi tīhivikalehi nirākulehi,
By lines Which are not partial and not agitating,
sampāpuṇe nirupameyyatameva, nātho
He has attained the incomparable with the beings of the three worlds.
taṁ sabbalokamahitaṁ asamaṁ namāmi.
Who is unequalled and honoured by the whole world: I revere Him, the Lord.
- Buddhaṁ narānarasamosaraṇaṁ dhitattaṁ,
The Buddha with steady mind, who brought together men and gods,
paññāpadīpajutiyā vihatandhakāraṁ,
Who, with the lustre of the light of wisdom destroyed the darkness (of ignorance),
atthābhikāmanaradevahitāvahaṁ, taṁ
He who greatly desires the welfare and benefit of men and gods, Him
vandāmi, kāruṇikamaggamanantañāṇaṁ.
I worship, the great compassionate (Buddha), with infinite knowledge.
- Akhilaguṇanidhāno yo munindopagantvā
The deposit of all virtues, the Lord of Sages, who, after approaching
vanamIsipatanavhaṁ saññatānaṁ niketaṁ,
The Wood called Isipatana, the abode of those restrained,
tahimakusalachedaṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatto:
And rolling the Dhamma-Wheel, which cut off unwholesomeness in that place:
tamatulamabhikantaṁ vandaneyyaṁ namāmi.
I revere Him of incomparable beauty, who should be worshipped.
- Suciparivāritaṁ, surucirappabhāhi rattaṁ,
Surrounded by the pure, brilliant with beautiful radiance,
sirivisarālayaṁ gupitamindriyehupetaṁ,
The abode of many glories, endowed with guarded senses,
ravisasimaṇḍalappabhutilakkhaṇopacittaṁ:
Who has the soles of feet with beautiful marks beginning with the discs of the sun and the moon:
suranarapūjitaṁ sugatamādaraṁ namāmi.
I revere with respect the Fortunate One, worshipped by gods and men.
- Maggoḷumpena muhapaṭighāsādiullolavīciṁ
With the raft of the Path, he crossed over the waves and currents of delusion, anger and desire
saṁsāroghaṁ tari; tamabhayaṁ pārapattaṁ, pajānaṁ
The ocean of existences; the fearless one fully crossed over, and he established humanity’s
tāṇaṁ leṇaṁ asamasaraṇaṁ ekatitthaṁ patiṭṭhaṁ:
Shelter, safety and unequalled refuge, the best port (to go other shore), the support:
puññakkhettaṁ paramasukhadaṁ dhammarājaṁ namāmi.
I revere the King of the Dhamma, that field of merit, who gives the ultimate bliss.
- Kaṇḍambaṁmūle parahitakaro yo munindo nisinno,
The Lord of Sages sitting at the root of the Kaṇḍamba tree, seeking the benefit of others,
accheraṁ sīghaṁ nayanasubhagaṁ ākulaṇṇaggijālaṁ,
Quickly wrought a wonder by scattering water and fire that was pleasing to the eyes,
dujjāladdhaṁsaṁ, munibhijahitaṁ pāṭiheraṁ akāsi:
Destroying the false net (of views), this miracle was not left undone by the Sage:
vande taṁ, seṭṭhaṁ paramaratijaṁ iddhidhammehupetaṁ.
I worship Him, the praised origin of supreme delight, endowed with psychic power.
- Munindakko yeko dayudayaruṇo ñāṇavitthiṇṇabimbo,
That sun of Sage, who is the rising dawn of compassion, having extensive range of knowledge,
vineyyappāṇoghaṁ kamalakathitaṁ dhammaraṁsīvarehi,
makes the Noble to be what are called lotuses awaken with the noble rays of his Dhamma,
subodhesī suddhe tibhavakuhare byāpitakkittinañca,
In the pure lotus lake of the three worlds. Widely-renowned,
tilokekaccakkhuṁ dukhamasahanaṁ: taṁ mahesiṁ namāmi.
The one (wisdom) eye of the three worlds, who endured suffering: I revere Him, the Great Sage.
- Yo jino anekajātiyaṁ, saputtadāramaṅgajīvitampi,
That Victor who, in countless lives, gave both his children and wife, his limbs and life,
bodhipemato alaggamānaso adāsiyeva atthikassa,
Without a clinging mind, for love of Awakening, to he who desired it,
dānapāramiṁ tato paraṁ apūri sīlapāramādikampi,
And after the perfection of generosity fulfilled the others, like the perfection of virtue and so on,
tāsamiddhiyopayātamaggataṁ: tamekadīpakaṁ namāmi.
And reached the Highest through their (inherent) power: I revere Him, the one (true) Island.
- Devādevātidevaṁ nidhanavapudharaṁ mārabhaṅgaṁ abhaṅgaṁ,
The Great God above all gods, bearing his last body, having broken the (five) killers, unbroken (himself),
dīpaṁ dīpaṁ pajānaṁ, jayavarasayane bodhipattaṁdhipattaṁ,
Who spread the light of wisdom on people, and attained Awakening on the noble victory seat,
brahmābrahmāgatānaṁ varagirakathikaṁ pāpahīnaṁ pahīnaṁ,
Surrounded by brahmas and others, speaking with a noble voice, having given up low actions,
lokālokābhirāmaṁ: satatamabhiname taṁ munindaṁ munindaṁ.
Greatly delighting the worlds: I always greatly revere Him, the Lord of Sages, the Lord of the (five) Sages.
- Buddho nigrodhabimbo mudukaracaraṇo brahmaghoseṇijaṅgho,
The Buddha, having a form like the banyan tree, soft hands and feet, a voice like brahma, calves like an antelope,
kosacchādaṅgajāto, punarapi sugato suppatiṭṭhitapādo,
And a foreskin that covers the organ, the Fortunate One, with steady feet,
mūdodātuṇṇalomo, athamapi sugato brahmujuggattabhāvo,
Soft white hair between the brows, the Fortunate One, straight-limbed (like) a brahma,
nīlakkhī dīghapaṇhī sukhumamalachavī, thomyarasaggasaggī,
Having blue eyes, long heels, exquisite skin, whose taste buds are the very best,
- Cattālīsaggadanto samakalapanajo antaraṁsappapīno,
Having forty of the best teeth, even teeth, a full back between the shoulders,
cakkenaṅkitapādo aviraḷadasano, mārajussaṅkhapādo,
Wheel-marked feet, unflawed teeth, He who defeated the killers, having high ankles,
tiṭṭhanto nonamantobhayakaramudunā jaṇṇukānāmasanto,
Who, while standing, without bending, with both his soft hands, can touch his knees,
vaṭṭakkhandho, jino gotaruṇapakhumako sīhapubbaḍḍhakāyo,
Whose neck is round, the Victor, having eyelashes like a young calf, the upper half of whose body is like a lion,
- Sattappīno ca dīghaṅguli matha sugato lomakūpekalomo,
Having seven fat areas, long fingers, the Fortunate One, with one hair to a vesicle,
sampannodātadāṭho kanakasamataco nīlamuddhaggalomo,
Full white teeth, golden skin, with blue body-hair whose top is facing above (to His face),
sambuddho, thūlajivho atha sīhahanuko jālikappādahattho,
The Sambuddha, having a broad tongue, then a lion-like jaw, webbed feet and hands,
nātho uṇhīsasīso itiguṇasahitaṁ: taṁ mahesiṁ namāmi.
Whose head has a crown, the Lord endowed with these (thirty-two) qualities: I revere Him, the Great Sage.
- Buddhobuddhotighoso atidullabhataro kā katha buddhabhāvo?
The sound, “Buddha, Buddha” is extremely rare in the world, what to say of Buddhahood?
Loke tasmā vibhāvī vividhahitasukhaṁ sādhavo patthayantā,
Therefore the wise and good, wishing for various sorts of benefit and happiness,
iṭṭhaṁ atthaṁ vahantaṁ suranaramahitaṁ nibbhayaṁ dakkhiṇeyyaṁ,
May all always revere Him, who carries desirable welfare, who is fearless, worthy, honoured by gods and men,
lokānaṁ nandivaḍḍhaṁ dasabalamasamaṁ, taṁ namassantu niccaṁ.
The incomparable One of Ten Powers, who increases the happiness of the world.
Mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṁ[16]
The Long Discourse about the Ways of Attending to
Mindfulness
Evaṁ me sutaṁ:
Thus I heard:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati
at one time the Blessed One was dwelling amongst the Kurus
kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo.
near a market town of the Kurus named Kammāssadamma.
tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
There the Blessed One addressed the monks (saying):
“bhikkhavo”ti. “Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ,
“Monks!” “Venerable Sir!” those monks replied to the Blessed One,
Bhagavā etadavoca:
and the Blessed One said this:
Uddeso
Summary
Ekāyano ayaṁ, bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṁ visuddhiyā,
This is a one-way path, monks, for the purification of beings,
sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya, dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya,
for the overcoming of grief and lamentation, for the extinction of pain and sorrow,
ñāyassa adhigamāya, nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya,
for attaining the right way, for the direct realisation of Nibbāna,
yadidaṁ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā.
that is to say, the four ways of attending to mindfulness.
Katame cattāro?
Which four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Here, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body,
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.
ardent, fully aware, and mindful, after removing avarice and sorrow regarding the world.
Vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati,
He dwells contemplating (the nature of) feelings in feelings,
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.
ardent, fully aware, and mindful, after removing avarice and sorrow regarding the world.
Citte cittānupassī viharati,
He dwells contemplating (the nature of) the mind in the mind,
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.
ardent, fully aware, and mindful, after removing avarice and sorrow regarding the world.
Dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
He dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.
ardent, fully aware, and mindful, after removing avarice and sorrow regarding the world.
Uddeso niṭṭhito.
The Summary is finished.
****************************
Kāyānupassanā Ānāpānapabbaṁ
Contemplation of the Body, the Section about In-breathing and Out-breathing
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati?
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā, rukkhamūlagato vā,
Here, monks, a monk who has gone to the wilderness, or has gone to the root of a tree,
suññāgāragato vā, nisīdati.
or has gone to an empty place, sits down.
Pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya,
After folding his legs crosswise, setting his body straight,
parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā,
and establishing mindfulness at the front,
so satova assasati, satova passasati.
being very mindful he breathes in, mindful he breathes out.
Dīghaṁ vā assasanto “dīghaṁ assasāmī”ti pajānāti,
While breathing in long, he knows “I am breathing in long”,
dīghaṁ vā passasanto “dīghaṁ passasāmī”ti pajānāti,
or, while breathing out long, he knows “I am breathing out long”,
rassaṁ vā assasanto “rassaṁ assasāmī”ti pajānāti,
or, while breathing in short, he knows “I am breathing in short”,
rassaṁ vā passasanto “rassaṁ passasāmī”ti pajānāti.
or, while breathing out short, he knows “I am breathing out short”.
“Sabbakāyapaṭisaṁvedī assasissāmī”ti sikkhati,
“Experiencing the whole body I will breathe in”, like this he trains,
“sabbakāyapaṭisaṁvedī passasissāmī”ti sikkhati;
“Experiencing the whole body I will breathe out”, like this he trains;
“passambhayaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ assasissāmī”ti sikkhati,
“Calming the bodily process I will breathe in”, like this he trains,
“passambhayaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ passasissāmī”ti sikkhati.
“Calming the bodily process I will breathe out”, like this he trains.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho bhamakāro vā bhamakārantevāsī vā
Just as, monks, a clever turner or turner’s apprentice
dīghaṁ vā añchanto “dīghaṁ añchāmī”ti pajānāti,
while making a long turn knows “I am making a long turn”,
rassaṁ vā añchanto “rassaṁ añchāmī”ti pajānāti,
or, while making a short turn knows “I am making a short turn”,
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
just so, monks, a monk
dīghaṁ vā assasanto “dīghaṁ assasāmī”ti pajānāti,
while breathing in long, knows “I am breathing in long”,
dīghaṁ vā passasanto “dīghaṁ passasāmī”ti pajānāti,
or, while breathing out long, he knows “I am breathing out long”,
rassaṁ vā assasanto “rassaṁ assasāmī”ti pajānāti,
or, while breathing in short, he knows “I am breathing in short”,
rassaṁ vā passasanto “rassaṁ passasāmī”ti pajānāti.
or, while breathing out short, he knows “I am breathing out short”.
“Sabbakāyapaṭisaṁvedī assasissāmī”ti sikkhati,
“Experiencing the whole body I will breathe in”, like this he trains,
“sabbakāyapaṭisaṁvedī passasissāmī”ti sikkhati,
“Experiencing the whole body I will breathe out”, like this he trains,
“passambhayaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ assasissāmī”ti sikkhati,
“Calming the bodily process I will breathe in,” like this he trains,
“passambhayaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ passasissāmī”ti sikkhati.
“Calming the bodily process I will breathe out”, like this he trains.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others,
samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Ānāpānapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about In-breathing and Out-breathing is finished.
****************************
Kāyānupassanā Iriyāpathapabbaṁ
Contemplation of the Body, the Section about the Postures
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gacchanto vā “gacchāmī”ti pajānāti;
Moreover, monks, a monk while going knows “I go”;
ṭhito vā “ṭhitomhī”ti pajānāti, nisinno vā “nisinnomhī”ti pajānāti;
or, standing he knows “I am standing”; or, sitting he knows “I am sitting”;
sayāno vā “sayānomhī”ti pajānāti;
or, while lying down he knows “I am lying down”;
yathā yathā vā panassa kāyo paṇihito hoti, tathā tathā
naṁ pajānāti.
or, in whatever way his body is disposed, he knows it is (disposed) in that way.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others,
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Iriyāpathapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about the Postures is finished.
****************************
Kāyānupassanā Sampajānapabbaṁ
Contemplation of the Body, the Section about Full Awareness
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti;
Moreover, monks, a monk in going forwards, in going back, is one who practises with full awareness;
ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti;
in looking ahead, or in looking around, he is one who practises with full awareness;
samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti;
in bending or in stretching, he is one who practises with full awareness;
saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti;
in bearing his double-robe, bowl, and (other) robes, he is one who practises with full awareness;
asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti;
in eating, in drinking, in chewing, in tasting, he is one who practises with full awareness;
uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti;
in passing stool and urine, he is one who practises with full awareness;
gate ṭhite nisinne; sutte jāgarite; bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.
in going, in standing, in sitting; in sleeping, in waking; in talking, and in maintaining silence, he is one who practises with full awareness.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Sampajānapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about Full Awareness is finished.
Kāyānupassanā Paṭikūlamanasikārapabbaṁ
Contemplation of the Body, the Section about Applying the Mind to Repulsiveness
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ –Moreover, monks, a monk in regard to this very body –
uddhaṁ pādatalā, adho kesamatthakā, tacapariyantaṁ,
from the sole of the feet upwards, from the hair of the head down,
bounded by the skin,
pūraṁ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati:
and full of manifold impurities – reflects (thus):
“Atthi imasmiṁ kāye:
“There are in this body:
kesā, lomā, nakhā, dantā, taco,
hairs of the head, body hairs, nails, teeth, skin,
maṁsaṁ, nhāru, aṭṭhi, aṭṭhimiñjaṁ, vakkaṁ,
flesh, sinews, bones, bone-marrow, kidneys,
hadayaṁ, yakanaṁ, kilomakaṁ, pihakaṁ, papphāsaṁ,
heart, liver, pleura, spleen, lungs,
antaṁ, antaguṇaṁ, udariyaṁ, karīsaṁ, matthaluṅgaṁ,
intestines, mesentery, undigested food, excrement, the brain,
pittaṁ, semhaṁ, pubbo, lohitaṁ, sedo, medo,
bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat,
assu, vasā, kheḷo, siṅghāṇikā, lasikā, muttan”ti.
tears, grease, spit, mucus, synovial fluid, urine.”
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa,
Just as though, monks, there were a bag open at both ends, full of various kinds of grain,
seyyathidaṁ: sālīnaṁ vīhīnaṁ muggānaṁ māsānaṁ tilānaṁ taṇḍulānaṁ;
such as: hill rice, white rice, mung beans, kidney beans, sesame seeds, chickpeas;
tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya:
and a man with good vision having opened it were to reflect (thus):
“Ime sālī, ime vīhī, ime muggā, ime māsā, ime tilā, ime taṇḍulā”ti;
“This is hill rice, this is white rice, these are mung beans, these are sesame seeds, these are chickpeas”;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ –
even so, monks, a monk in regard to this very body –
uddhaṁ pādatalā, adho kesamatthakā, tacapariyantaṁ,
from the sole of the feet upwards, from the hair of the head down, bounded by the skin,
pūraṁ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati:
and full of manifold impurities – reflects (thus):
“Atthi imasmiṁ kāye,
“There are in this body,
kesā, lomā, nakhā, dantā, taco,
hairs of the head, body hairs, nails, teeth, skin,
maṁsaṁ, nhāru, aṭṭhi, aṭṭhimiñjaṁ, vakkaṁ,
flesh, sinews, bones, bone-marrow, kidneys,
hadayaṁ, yakanaṁ, kilomakaṁ, pihakaṁ, papphāsaṁ,
heart, liver, pleura, spleen, lungs,
antaṁ, antaguṇaṁ, udariyaṁ, karīsaṁ, matthaluṅgaṁ,
intestines, mesentery, undigested food, excrement, the brain,
pittaṁ, semhaṁ, pubbo, lohitaṁ, sedo, medo,
bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat,
assu, vasā, kheḷo, siṅghāṇikā, lasikā, muttan”ti.
tears, grease, spit, mucus, synovial fluid, urine.”
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Paṭikkūlamanasikārapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about Applying the Mind to Repulsiveness
is finished.
****************************
Kāyānupassanā Dhātumanasikārapabbaṁ
Contemplation of the Body, the Section about Applying the
Mind to the Elements
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ,
Moreover, monks, a monk, in regard to this very body,
yathāṭhitaṁ yathāpaṇihitaṁ dhātuso paccavekkhati:
however placed, however disposed, reflects by way of the elements:
“Atthi imasmiṁ kāye,
“There are in this body,
pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū”ti.
the earth element, the water element, the fire element, the wind element.”
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā,
Just as though, monks, a clever butcher, or a butcher’s apprentice,
gāviṁ vadhitvā cātumahāpathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa;
after slaughtering a cow, were sitting down at a crossroads after dividing it into portions;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ,
even so, monks, a monk in regard to this very body,
yathāṭhitaṁ yathāpaṇihitaṁ dhātuso paccavekkhati:
however placed, however disposed, reflects by way of the elements:
“Atthi imasmiṁ kāye,
“There are in this body,
pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū”ti.
the earth element, the water element, the fire element, the wind element.”
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī
viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Dhātumanasikārapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about Applying the Mind to the Elements is finished.
Kāyānupassanā Navasivathikapabbaṁ
Contemplation of the Body, the Section about
the Nine Charnel Grounds
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi
Moreover, monks, it’s as if a monk
passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ,
might see a body thrown into a charnel ground,
ekāhamataṁ vā dvīhamataṁ vā tīhamataṁ vā,
dead for one day, or dead for two days, or dead for three days,
uddhumātakaṁ vinīlakaṁ vipubbakajātaṁ.
bloated, discoloured, having become quite rotten.
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati:
He then compares it with his very own body (thinking):
“ayampi kho kāyo evaṁdhammo evaṁbhāvī evaṁanatīto”ti.
“This body also has such a nature, has such a constitution, has thus not gone beyond.”
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi
Moreover, monks, it’s as if a monk
passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ,
might see a body thrown into a charnel ground,
kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ, kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ, gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ,
being eaten by crows, or being eaten by hawks, or being eaten by vultures,
kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ, sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ,
or being eaten by herons, or being eaten by dogs,
byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ, dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ, siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ,
or being eaten by tigers, or being eaten by leopards, or being eaten by jackals,
vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ.
or being eaten by various kinds of worms.
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati:
He then compares it with his very own body (thinking):
“Ayampi kho kāyo evaṁdhammo evaṁbhāvī evaṁanatīto”ti.
“This body also has such a nature, has such a constitution, has thus not gone beyond.”
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi
Moreover, monks, it’s as if a monk
passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ,
might see a body thrown into a charnel ground,
aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ samaṁsalohitaṁ nhārusambandhaṁ …
a skeleton, with flesh and blood, bound together by tendons …
aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ nimaṁsalohitamakkhitaṁ nhārusambandhaṁ …
a skeleton, without flesh, smeared with blood, bound together by tendons …
aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ apagatamaṁsalohitaṁ nhārusambandhaṁ …
a skeleton, no longer having flesh and blood, bound together by tendons …
aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni, disā vidisā vikkhittāni,
with bones no longer bound together, scattered in all directions,
aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ, aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ,
with a hand-bone here, with a foot-bone there,
aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ, aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ,
with an anklebone here, with a knee-bone here,
aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ, aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ,
with a thighbone here, with a hipbone here,
aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ, aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ,
with a rip-bone here, with a bone of the back here,
aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ, aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ, aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ,
with a shoulder-bone here, with a neck-bone here, with a jaw-bone here,
aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ, aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ.
with a tooth-bone here, with a skull-bone here.
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati:
He then compares it with his very own body (thinking):
“ayampi kho kāyo evaṁdhammo evaṁbhāvī evaṁanatīto”ti.
“This body also has such a nature, has such a constitution, has thus not gone beyond.”
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi
Moreover, monks, it’s as if a monk
passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ,
might see a body thrown into a charnel ground,
aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkhavaṇṇapaṭibhāgāni …
having white bones, like the colour of a conch …
aṭṭhikāni puñjakitāni terovassikāni …
a heap of bones more than a year old …
aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni.
rotten bones that have become like powder.
So imameva kāyaṁ upasaṁharati:
He then compares it with his very own body (thinking):
“ayampi kho kāyo evaṁdhammo evaṁbhāvī evaṁanatīto”ti.
“This body also has such a nature, has such a constitution, has thus not gone beyond.”
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the body,
vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the body,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the body,
“atthi kāyo”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a body” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body.
Navasivathikapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about Nine Charnel Grounds is finished.
Cuddasa kāyānupassanā niṭṭhitā.
The Fourteen Contemplations of the Body are finished.
****************************
Vedanānupassanā
Contemplation of Feelings
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati?
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) feelings in feelings?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno
Here, monks, a monk when experiencing a pleasant feeling
“sukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti.
knows “I experience a pleasant feeling”.
Dukkhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno
When experiencing an unpleasant feeling
“dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti.
he knows “I experience an unpleasant feeling”.
Adukkhamasukhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno
When experiencing a neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling
“adukkhamasukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti.
he knows “I experience a neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling”.
Sāmisaṁ vā sukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayamāno
Or, when experiencing a sensual pleasant feeling
“sāmisaṁ sukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti;
he knows “I experience a sensual pleasant feeling”;
nirāmisaṁ vā sukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayamāno
or, when experiencing a spiritual pleasant feeling
“nirāmisaṁ sukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti;
he knows “I experience a spiritual pleasant feeling”;
sāmisaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayamāno
or, when experiencing a sensual unpleasant feeling
“sāmisaṁ dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti;
he knows “I experience a sensual unpleasant feeling”;
nirāmisaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayamāno
or, when experiencing a spiritual unpleasant feeling
“nirāmisaṁ dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti;
he knows “I experience a spiritual unpleasant feeling”;
sāmisaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayamāno
or, when experiencing a sensual neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling
“sāmisaṁ adukkhamasukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti;
he knows “I experience a sensual neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling”;
nirāmisaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayamāno
or, when experiencing a spiritual neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling
“nirāmisaṁ adukkhamasukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī”ti pajānāti.
he knows “I experience an spiritual neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling”.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) feelings in feelings in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) feelings in feelings in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) feelings in feelings in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the feelings,
vayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the feelings,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the feelings,
“atthi vedanā”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there are feelings” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) feelings in feelings.
Vedanānupassanā niṭṭhitā.
Contemplation of Feelings is finished.
****************************
Cittānupassanā
Contemplation of the Mind
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati?
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) the mind in the mind?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sarāgaṁ vā cittaṁ “sarāgaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti,
Here, monks, a monk when a mind has passion knows “the mind has passion”,
vītarāgaṁ vā cittaṁ “vītarāgaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti.
or when a mind is without passion he knows “the mind is without passion”.
Sadosaṁ vā cittaṁ “sadosaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti,
Or when a mind has hate he knows “the mind has hate”,
vītadosaṁ vā cittaṁ “vītadosaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti.
or when a mind is without hate he knows “the mind is without hate”.
Samohaṁ vā cittaṁ “samohaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti,
or when a mind has delusion he knows “the mind has delusion”,
vītamohaṁ vā cittaṁ “vītamohaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti.
or when a mind is without delusion he knows “the mind is without delusion”.
Saṅkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ “saṅkhittaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti,
or when a mind is collected he knows “the mind is collected”,
vikkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ “vikkhittaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti.
or when a mind is scattered he knows “the mind is scattered”.
Mahaggataṁ vā cittaṁ “mahaggataṁ cittan”ti pajānāti,
Or when a mind has become very great he knows “the mind has become very great”,
amahaggataṁ vā cittaṁ “amahaggataṁ cittan”ti pajānāti.
or when a mind has not become very great he knows “the mind has not become very great”.
Sauttaraṁ vā cittaṁ “sauttaraṁ cittan”ti pajānāti,
or when a mind is surpassable he knows “the mind is surpassable”,
anuttaraṁ vā cittaṁ “anuttaraṁ cittan”ti pajānāti.
or when a mind is unsurpassable he knows “the mind is unsurpassable”.
Samāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ “samāhitaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti,
Or when a mind is concentrated he knows “the mind is concentrated”,
asamāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ “asamāhitaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti.
or when a mind is not concentrated he knows “the mind is not concentrated”.
Vimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ “vimuttaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti,
or when a mind is liberated he knows “the mind is liberated”,
avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ “avimuttaṁ cittan”ti pajānāti.
or when a mind is not liberated he knows “the mind is not liberated”.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā citte cittānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the mind in the mind in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the mind in the mind in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the mind in the mind in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in the mind,
vayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in the mind,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṁ viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in the mind,
“atthi cittan”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there is a mind” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating the (the nature of) the mind in the mind.
Cittānupassanā niṭṭhitā.
Contemplation of the Mind is finished.
****************************
Dhammānupassanā Nīvaraṇapabbaṁ
Contemplation of (the Nature of) Things
The Section about the Hindrances
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati?
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Here, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
pañcasu nīvaraṇesu.
in the five hindrances.
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
pañcasu nīvaraṇesu?
in the five hindrances?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ kāmacchandaṁ
Here, monks, a monk having sensual desire in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ kāmacchando”ti pajānāti;
knows “there is sensual desire in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ kāmacchandaṁ “natthi me ajjhattaṁ kāmacchando”ti pajānāti.
or, not having sensual desire in himself he knows “there is no sensual desire in myself”.
Yathā ca anuppannassa kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of sensual desire that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa kāmacchandassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of sensual desire that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa kāmacchandassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of abandoned sensual desire again in the future – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ byāpādaṁ “atthi me ajjhattaṁ byāpādo”ti pajānāti;
Having ill-will in himself he knows “there is ill-will in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ byāpādaṁ “natthi me ajjhattaṁ byāpādo”ti pajānāti.
or, not having ill-will in himself he knows “there is no ill-will in myself”.
Yathā ca anuppannassa byāpādassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti,
How there is an arising of ill-will that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa byāpādassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti,
and how there is an abandonment of ill-will that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa byāpādassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of abandoned ill-will again in the future– that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ thinamiddhaṁ “atthi me ajjhattaṁ thinamiddhan”ti pajānāti;
Having sloth and torpor in himself he knows “there is sloth and torpor in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ thinamiddhaṁ “natthi me ajjhattaṁ thinamiddhan”ti pajānāti.
or, not having sloth and torpor in himself he knows “there is no sloth and torpor in myself”.
Yathā ca anuppannassa thinamiddhassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of sloth and torpor that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa thinamiddhassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of sloth and torpor that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa thinamiddhassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of abandoned sloth and torpor again in the future – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ uddhaccakukkuccaṁ
Having agitation and worry in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ uddhaccakukkuccan”ti pajānāti;
he knows “there is agitation and worry in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ uddhaccakukkuccaṁ
or, not having agitation and worry in himself
“natthi me ajjhattaṁ uddhaccakukkuccan”ti pajānāti.
he knows “there is no agitation and worry in myself”.
Yathā ca anuppannassa uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of agitation and worry that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of agitation and worry that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa uddhaccakukkuccassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of abandoned agitation and worry again in the future – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ vicikicchaṁ “atthi me ajjhattaṁ vicikicchā”ti pajānāti;
Having doubt in himself he knows “there is doubt in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ vicikicchaṁ “natthi me ajjhattaṁ vicikicchā”ti pajānāti.
or, not having doubt in himself he knows “there is no doubt in myself”.
Yathā ca anuppannāya vicikicchāya uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of doubt that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannāya vicikicchāya pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of doubt that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnāya vicikicchāya āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of abandoned doubt again in the future – that also he knows.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself and in regard to others,
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in things,
vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in things,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati.
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in things,
“atthi dhammā”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there are these (various) things” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
pañcasu nīvaraṇesu.
in the five hindrances.
Nīvaraṇapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about the Hindrances is finished.
****************************
Dhammānupassanā Khandhapabbaṁ
The Section on the Constituents (of Mind & Matter)
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Moreover, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu.
in the five constituents (of mind and matter) that provide fuel for attachment.
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu?
in the five constituents (of mind and matter) that provide fuel for attachment?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: “iti rūpaṁ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo;
Here, monks, a monk (knows): such is form, such is the origination of form, such is the passing away of form;
iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo;
such is feeling, such is the origination of feeling, such is the passing away of feeling;
iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthaṅgamo;
such is perception, such is the origination of perception, such is the passing away of perception;
iti saṅkhārā, iti saṅkhārānaṁ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṁ atthaṅgamo;
such are (mental) formations, such is the origination of (mental) formations, such is the passing away of (mental) formations;
iti viññāṇaṁ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo”ti.
such is consciousness, such is the origination of consciousness, such is the passing away of consciousness.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in things,
vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in things,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in things,
“atthi dhammā”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there are these (various) things” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a fullmeasure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu.
in the five constituents (of mind and matter) that provide fuel for attachment.
Khandhapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section on the Constituents is finished.
****************************
Dhammānupassanā Āyatanapabbaṁ
The Section on the Sense-Bases
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Moreover, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu.
in the six internal and external sense-bases.
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu?
in the six internal and external sense-bases?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhuñca pajānāti, rūpe ca pajānāti;
Here, monks, a monk knows the eye, and he knows forms,
yañca tadubhayaṁ paṭicca uppajjati saṁyojanaṁ tañca pajānāti,
and the fetter that arises dependent on the pair of them – that also he knows.
yathā ca anuppannassa saṁyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti,
How there is an arising of a fetter that has not arisen – that he knows,
yathā ca uppannassa saṁyojanassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti,
and how there is an abandonment of a fetter that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa saṁyojanassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of an abandoned fetter again in the future – that also he knows.
Sotañca pajānāti, sadde ca pajānāti,
He knows the ear, and he knows sounds,
yañca tadubhayaṁ paṭicca uppajjati saṁyojanaṁ tañca pajānāti,
and the fetter that arises dependent on the pair of them – that also he knows,
yathā ca anuppannassa saṁyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of a fetter that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa saṁyojanassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of a fetter that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa saṁyojanassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of an abandoned fetter again in the future – that also he knows.
Ghānañca pajānāti, gandhe ca pajānāti,
He knows the nose, and he knows smells,
yañca tadubhayaṁ paṭicca uppajjati saṁyojanaṁ tañca pajānāti,
and the fetter that arises dependent on the pair of them – that also he knows,
yathā ca anuppannassa saṁyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
how there is an arising of a fetter that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa saṁyojanassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of a fetter that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa saṁyojanassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of an abandoned fetter again in the future – that also he knows.
Jivhañca pajānāti, rase ca pajānāti,
He knows the tongue, and he knows tastes,
yañca tadubhayaṁ paṭicca uppajjati saṁyojanaṁ tañca pajānāti,
and the fetter that arises dependent on the pair of them – that also he knows,
yathā ca anuppannassa saṁyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of a fetter that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa saṁyojanassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of a fetter that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa saṁyojanassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of an abandoned fetter again in the future – that also he knows.
Kāyañca pajānāti, phoṭṭhabbe ca pajānāti,
He knows the body, and he knows tangibles,
yañca tadubhayaṁ paṭicca uppajjati saṁyojanaṁ tañca pajānāti,
and the fetter that arises dependent on the pair of them – that also he knows.
yathā ca anuppannassa saṁyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of a fetter that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa saṁyojanassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of a fetter that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa saṁyojanassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of an abandoned fetter again in the future – that also he knows.
Manañca pajānāti, dhamme ca pajānāti,
He knows the mind, and he knows thoughts,
yañca tadubhayaṁ paṭicca uppajjati saṁyojanaṁ tañca pajānāti.
and the fetter that arises dependent on the pair of them – that also he knows.
Yathā ca anuppannassa saṁyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of a fetter that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa saṁyojanassa pahānaṁ hoti tañca pajānāti;
and how there is an abandonment of a fetter that has arisen – that also he knows;
yathā ca pahīnassa saṁyojanassa āyatiṁ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.
and how there is a non-arising of an abandoned fetter again in the future – that also he knows.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in things,
vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in things,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in things,
“atthi dhammā”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there are these (various) things” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu.
in the six internal and external sense-bases.
Āyatanapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section on the Sense-bases is finished.
****************************
Dhammānupassanā Bojjhaṅgapabbaṁ
The Section about the Factors of Awakening
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Moreover, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
sattasu bojjhaṅgesu.
in the seven factors of Awakening.
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
sattasu bojjhaṅgesu?
in the seven factors of Awakening?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ satisambojjhaṅgaṁ
Here, monks, a monk having the Mindfulness factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ satisambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti;
knows “there is the Mindfulness factor of Complete Awakening in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ satisambojjhaṅgaṁ
or, not having the Mindfulness factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“natthi me ajjhattaṁ satisambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti.
he knows “there is no Mindfulness factor of Complete Awakening in myself”,
yathā ca anuppannassa satisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti,
How there is an arising of the Mindfulness factor of Complete Awakening that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa satisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti, tañca pajānāti.
and how there is fulfilment of the development of the Mindfulness factor of Complete Awakening that has arisen – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṁ
Having the Investigation of the (nature) of things factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti;
he knows “there is the Investigation of the (nature) of things factor of Complete Awakening in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṁ
or, not having the Investigation of the (nature) of things factor of
Complete Awakening in himself
“natthi me ajjhattaṁ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti,
he knows “there is no Investigation of the (nature) of things factor of Complete Awakening in myself”,
yathā ca anuppannassa dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti;
how there is an arising of the Investigation of the (nature) of things factor of Complete Awakening that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti, tañca pajānāti.
and how there is fulfilment of the development of the Investigation of the (nature) of things factor of Complete Awakening that has arisen (until) it comes to fulfilment – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ
Having the Energy factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti;
he knows “there is the Energy factor of Complete Awakening in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ
or, not having the Energy factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“natthi me ajjhattaṁ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti,
he knows “there is no Energy factor of Complete Awakening in myself”,
yathā ca anuppannassa vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of the Energy factor of Complete Awakening that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti, tañca pajānāti.
and how there is fulfilment of the development of the Energy factor of Complete Awakening that has arisen – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ pītisambojjhaṅgaṁ
Having the Joyful-Interest factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ pītisambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti;
he knows “there is the Joyful-Interest factor of Complete Awakening in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ pītisambojjhaṅgaṁ
or, not having the Joyful-Interest factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“natthi me ajjhattaṁ pītisambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti,
he knows “there is no Joyful-Interest factor of Complete Awakening in myself”,
yathā ca anuppannassa pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo
hoti, tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of the Joyful-Interest factor of Complete Awakening that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti, tañca pajānāti.
and how there is fulfilment of the development of the Joyful-Interest factor of Complete Awakening that has arisen – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṁ
Having the Calmness factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ passaddhisambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti;
he knows “there is the Calmness factor of Complete Awakening in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṁ
or, not having the Calmness factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“natthi me ajjhattaṁ passaddhisambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti.
he knows “there is no Calmness factor of Complete Awakening in myself”,
yathā ca anuppannassa passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of the Calmness factor of Complete Awakening that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti, tañca pajānāti.
and how there is fulfilment of the development of the Calmness factor of Complete Awakening that has arisen – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ samādhisambojjhaṅgaṁ
Having the Concentration factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ samādhisambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti;
he knows “there is the Concentration factor of Complete Awakening in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ samādhisambojjhaṅgaṁ
or, not having the Concentration factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“natthi me ajjhattaṁ samādhisambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti.
he knows “there is no Concentration factor of Complete Awakening in myself”.
yathā ca anuppannassa samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti.
How there is an arising of the Concentration factor of Complete Awakening that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti, tañca pajānāti.
and how there is fulfilment of the development of the Concentration factor of Complete Awakening that has arisen – that also he knows.
Santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ
Having the Equanimity factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“atthi me ajjhattaṁ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti;
he knows “there is the Equanimity factor of Complete Awakening in myself”;
asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ
or, not having the Equanimity factor of Complete Awakening in himself
“natthi me ajjhattaṁ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo”ti pajānāti,
he knows “there is no Equanimity factor of Complete Awakening in myself”,
yathā ca anuppannassa upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti;
How there is an arising of the Equanimity factor of Complete Awakening that has not arisen – that he knows;
yathā ca uppannassa upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti, tañca pajānāti.
and how there is fulfilment of the development of the Equanimity factor of Complete Awakening that has arisen – that also he knows.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in things,
vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in things,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in things,
“atthi dhammā”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there are (various) things” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, sattasu bojjhaṅgesu.
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things, in the seven Factors of Awakening.
Bojjhaṅgapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about the Factors of Awakening is finished.
****************************
Dhammānupassanā Saccapabbaṁ
The Section about the Truths
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, catūsu ariyasaccesu.
Moreover, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things, in the Four Noble Truths.
Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, catūsu ariyasaccesu?
And how, monks, does a monk dwell contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things, in the Four Noble Truths?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu “idaṁ dukkhan”ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti,
Here, monks, a monk knows as it really is “this is Suffering”,
“ayaṁ dukkhasamudayo”ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti,
he knows as it really is “this is the Origination of Suffering”,
“ayaṁ dukkhanirodho”ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti,
he knows as it really is “this is the Cessation of Suffering”,
“ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā”ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.
he knows as it really is “this is the Practice Leading to the Cessation of Suffering”.
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.
The First Section for Recital is finshed.
****************************
Dukkhasaccaniddeso
The Explanation of the Truth of Suffering
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ?
Now what, monks, is the Noble Truth of Suffering?
jātipi dukkhā,
Birth is suffering,
jarāpi dukkhā,
also old age is suffering,
maraṇampi dukkhaṁ,
also death is suffering,
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā,
also grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair, is suffering,
appiyehi sampayogopi dukkho,
also being joined to what is not liked is suffering,
piyehi vippayogopi dukkho,
also being parted from what is liked is suffering,
yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ;
also not to obtain that which one longs for is suffering;
saṁkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā.
in brief, the five constituents (of mind and body) that provide fuel for attachment are suffering.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti?
Now what, monks, is birth?
Yā tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye
For the various beings in the various classes of beings
jāti, sañjāti, okkanti, abhinibbatti;
(there is) birth, being born, appearing, turning up;
khandhānaṁ pātubhāvo, āyatanānaṁ paṭilābho:
the manifestation of the constituents (of mind and body), the acquisition of the sense bases:
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, jāti.
this, monks, is called birth.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jarā?
Now what, monks, is old age?
Yā tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye
For the various beings in the various classes of beings
jarā, jīraṇatā, khaṇḍiccaṁ, pāliccaṁ, valittacatā;
there is old age, agedness, broken teeth, greying hair, and wrinkled skin;
āyuno saṁhāni, indriyānaṁ paripāko:
the dwindling away of the life span, the decay of the sense faculties:
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, jarā.
this, monks, is called old age.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ?
Now what, monks, is death?
Yaṁ tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā
For the various beings in the various classes of beings
cuti, cavanatā, bhedo, antaradhānaṁ, maccu, maraṇaṁ, kālakiriyā;
there is a fall, a falling away, a breaking up, a disappearance, a dying, a death, a making of time;
khandhānaṁ bhedo, kaḷevarassa nikkhepo;
the break up of the constituents (of mind and body), the throwing off of the body;
jīvitindriyassupacchedo:
the cutting off of the life faculty:
idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ.
this, monks, is called death.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, soko?
Now what, monks, is grief?
Yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa,
For he who has, monks, some sort of misfortune or other,
aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa,
who is touched by some sort of painful thing or another,
soko, socanā, socitattaṁ, antosoko, antoparisoko:
there is grief, grieving, the state of grieving, inner grief, great inner grief:
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, soko.
this, monks, is called grief.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paridevo?
Now what, monks, is lamentation?
Yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa,
For he who has, monks, some sort of misfortune or other,
aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa,
who is touched by some sort of painful thing or another,
ādevo, paridevo, ādevanā, paridevanā, ādevitattaṁ, paridevitattaṁ:
there are laments, great laments, lamenting, great lamenting, the state of lamenting, the state of great lamentation:
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, paridevo.
this, monks, is called lamentation.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ?
Now what, monks, is pain?
Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, kāyikaṁ dukkhaṁ, kāyikaṁ asātaṁ,
That, monks, which is bodily pain, bodily disagreeableness,
kāyasamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ, asātaṁ vedayitaṁ:
pain born of contact with the body, disagreeable feeling:
idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ.
this, monks, is called pain.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, domanassaṁ?
Now what, monks, is sorrow?
Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ, cetasikaṁ asātaṁ,
That, monks, which is mental pain, mental disagreeableness,
manosamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ, asātaṁ vedayitaṁ:
pain born of contact with the mind, disagreeable feeling:
idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, domanassaṁ.
this, monks, is called sorrow.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, upāyāso?
Now what, monks, is despair?
Yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa,
For he who has, monks, some sort of misfortune or other,
aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa,
who is touched by some sort of painful thing or another,
āyāso, upāyāso, āyāsitattaṁ, upāyāsitattaṁ:
there is desponding, despairing, the state of despondency, the state of despair:
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, upāyāso.
this, monks, is called despair.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho?
And what, monks, is the suffering from being joined to what is not liked?
Idha yassa te honti aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā
Here, for that one who has unwanted, unlovely, unpleasant
rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā dhammā;
forms, sounds, smells, tastes, tangibles, and thoughts;
ye vā panassa te honti anatthakāmā
or, for that one who has those who do not desire his welfare,
ahitakāmā aphāsukakāmā ayogakkhemakāmā –
benefit, comfort and security –
yā tehi saddhiṁ saṅgati samāgamo samodhānaṁ missībhāvo:
(and then) having meetings, assembly, connection, and interaction with them:
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho.
this, monks, is called the suffering from being joined to what is not liked.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, piyehi vippayogo dukkho?
And what, monks, is the suffering from being parted from what is liked?
Idha yassa te honti iṭṭhā kantā manāpā
Here, for that one who has wanted, lovely, pleasant
rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā dhammā;
forms, sounds, smells, tastes, tangibles, and thoughts;
ye vā panassa te honti atthakāmā
or, for that one who has those who do desire his welfare,
hitakāmā phāsukakāmā yogakkhemakāmā –
benefit, comfort and security –
mātā vā pitā vā bhātā vā bhaginī vā,
mothers, or fathers, or brothers, or sisters,
mittā vā amaccā vā ñātisālohitā vā –
or friends, or companions, or blood relatives –
yā tehi saddhiṁ asaṅgati asamāgamo asamodhānaṁ amissībhāvo:
(and then) not having meetings, assembly, connection, and interaction with them:
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, piyehi vippayogo dukkho.
this, monks, is called the suffering from being parted from what is liked.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ?
Now what, monks, is the suffering from not obtaining what one longs for?
Jātidhammānaṁ, bhikkhave, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati:
To those beings subject to birth, monks, a longing like this arises:
“aho vata mayaṁ na jātidhammā assāma,
“oh, might we not be subject to birth,
na ca vata no jāti āgaccheyyā!”ti
may birth not come to us!”
Na kho panetaṁ icchāya pattabbaṁ:
But that cannot be attained merely by longing for it:
idampi yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ.
this is the suffering from not obtaining what one longs for.
Jarādhammānaṁ, bhikkhave, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati:
To those beings subject to old age, monks, a longing like this arises:
“aho vata mayaṁ na jarādhammā assāma,
“oh, might we not be subject to old age,
na ca vata no jarā āgaccheyyā!”ti
may old age not come to us!”
Na kho panetaṁ icchāya pattabbaṁ:
But that cannot be attained merely by longing for it:
idampi yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ.
this is the suffering from not obtaining what one longs for.
Byādhidhammānaṁ, bhikkhave, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati:
To those beings subject to sickness, monks, a longing like this arises:
“aho vata mayaṁ na byādhidhammā assāma,
“oh, might we not be subject to sickness,
na ca vata no byādhi āgaccheyyā!”ti
may sickness not come to us!”
Na kho panetaṁ icchāya pattabbaṁ:
But that cannot be attained merely by longing for it:
idampi yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ.
this is the suffering from not obtaining what one longs for.
Maraṇadhammānaṁ, bhikkhave, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati:
To those beings subject to death, monks, a longing like this arises:
“aho vata mayaṁ na maraṇadhammā assāma,
“oh, might we not be subject to death,
na ca vata no maraṇaṁ āgaccheyyā!”ti
may death not come to us!”
Na kho panetaṁ icchāya pattabbaṁ:
But that cannot be attained merely by longing for it:
idampi yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ.
this is the suffering from not obtaining what one longs for.
Soka~parideva~dukkha~domanassupāyāsa~dhammānaṁ
To those beings subject to grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair,
bhikkhave sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati:
monks, a longing like this arises:
“aho vata mayaṁ na soka~parideva~dukkha~domanassupāyāsadhammā assāma,
“oh, might we not be subject to grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair,
na ca vata no soka~parideva~dukkha~domanassupāyāsadhammā āgaccheyyun”ti
may grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair, not come to us”
Na kho panetaṁ icchāya pattabbaṁ:
But that cannot be attained merely by longing for it:
idampi yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ.
this is the suffering from not obtaining what one longs for.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, saṁkhittena pañcu~pādānakkhandhā dukkhā?
Now what, monks, in brief, are the five constituents (of mind and body) that provide fuel for attachment which are suffering?
Seyyathidaṁ:
They are as follows:
rūpupādānakkhandho,
the form constituent that is fuel for attachment
vedanupādānakkhandho,
the feelings constituent that is fuel for attachment
saññupādānakkhandho,
the perceptions constituent that is fuel for attachment
saṅkhārupādānakkhandho,
the (mental) formations constituent that is fuel for attachment
viññāṇupādānakkhandho.
the consciousness constituent that is fuel for attachment.
Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, saṁkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā.
These, monks, are called, in brief, the five constituents (of mind and body) that provide fuel for attachment which are suffering.
Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ.
This, monks, is called the Noble Truth of Suffering.
****************************
Samudayasaccaniddeso
The Explanation of the Truth of Origination
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ?
And what, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Origination of Suffering?
Yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobbhavikā,
It is that craving which leads to the continuation of existence,
nandīrāgasahagatā, tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ:
which is connected with enjoyment and passion, greatly enjoying this and that, as follows:
kāmataṇhā
craving in regard to sense pleasures
bhavataṇhā
craving in regard to the continuation of existence
vibhavataṇhā.
craving in regard to the discontinuation of existence.
Sā kho panesā, bhikkhave, taṇhā kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati,
Now where, monks, does that craving when it is arising arise,
kattha nivisamānā nivisati?
when settling where does it settle?
Yaṁ loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world there is that which is likeable and pleasing
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Kiñca loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ?
And in the world what is likeable and pleasing?
Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world the eye is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Sotaṁ loke …
In the world the ear …
Ghānaṁ loke …
In the world the nose …
Jivhā loke …
In the world the tongue …
Kāyo loke …
In the world the body …
Mano loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world the mind is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Rūpā loke …
In the world forms …
Saddā loke …
In the world sounds …
Gandhā loke …
In the world smells …
Rasā loke …
In the world tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbā loke …
In the world tangibles …
Dhammā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world thoughts are likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Cakkhuviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world eye consciousness …
Sotaviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world ear-consciousness …
Ghānaviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world nose-consciousness …
Jivhāviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world tongue-consciousness …
Kāyaviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world body-consciousness …
Manoviññāṇaṁ loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world mind-consciousness is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Cakkhusamphasso loke …
In the world eye-contact …
Sotasamphasso loke …
In the world ear-contact …
Ghānasamphasso loke …
In the world nose-contact …
Jivhāsamphasso loke …
In the world tongue-contact …
Kāyasamphasso loke …
In the world body-contact …
Manosamphasso loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world mind-contact is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of eye-contact …
Sotasamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of ear-contact …
Ghānasamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of nose-contact …
Jivhāsamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of tongue-contact …
Kāyasamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of body-contact …
Manosamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world feeling born of mind-contact is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Rūpasaññā loke …
In the world perception of forms …
Saddasaññā loke …
In the world perception of sounds …
Gandhasaññā loke …
In the world perception of smells …
Rasasaññā loke …
In the world perception of tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbasaññā loke …
In the world perception of tangibles …
Dhammasaññā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world perception of thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Rūpasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to forms …
Saddasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to sounds …
Gandhasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to smells …
Rasasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to tangibles …
Dhammasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world intention in regard to thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Rūpataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for forms …
Saddataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for sounds …
Gandhataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for smells …
Rasataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for tangibles …
Dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world craving for thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Rūpavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about forms …
Saddavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about sounds …
Gandhavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about smells …
Rasavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about tangibles …
Dhammavitakko loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world thinking about thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Rūpavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of forms …
Saddavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of sounds …
Gandhavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of smells …
Rasavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of tangibles …
Dhammavicāro loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world an examination of thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
here this craving when it is arising arises, here when settling it settles.
Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ.
This, monks, is called the Noble Truth of the Origination of Suffering.
****************************
Nirodhasaccaniddeso
The Explanation of the Truth of Cessation
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ?
And what, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Cessation of Suffering?
Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho –
It is the complete fading away and cessation without remainder of that craving –
cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo.
liberation, letting go, release, and non-adherence.
Sā kho panesā, bhikkhave, taṇhā kattha pahīyamānā pahīyati,
Now where, monks, is that craving when it is being abandoned (actually) abandoned,
kattha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati?
When ceasing where does it cease?
Yaṁ loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world there is that which is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Kiñca loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ?
And in the world what is likeable and pleasing?
Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world the eye is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Sotaṁ loke …
In the world the ear …
Ghānaṁ loke …
In the world the nose …
Jivhā loke …
In the world the tongue …
Kāyo loke …
In the world the body …
Mano loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In this world the mind is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Rūpā loke …
In the world forms …
Saddā loke …
In the world sounds …
Gandhā loke …
In the world smells …
Rasā loke …
In the world tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbā loke …
In the world tangibles …
Dhammā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world thoughts are likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Cakkhuviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world eye-consciousness …
Sotaviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world the ear- consciousness …
Ghānaviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world nose-consciousness …
Jivhāviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world tongue-consciousness …
Kāyaviññāṇaṁ loke …
In the world body-consciousness …
Manoviññāṇaṁ loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world mind-consciousness is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Cakkhusamphasso loke …
In the world eye-contact …
Sotasamphasso loke …
In the world ear-contact …
Ghānasamphasso loke …
In the world nose-contact …
Jivhāsamphasso loke …
In the world tongue-contact …
Kāyasamphasso loke …
In the world body-contact …
Manosamphasso loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world mind-contact is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of eye-contact …
Sotasamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of ear-contact …
Ghānasamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of nose-contact …
Jivhāsamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of tongue-contact …
Kāyasamphassajā vedanā loke …
In the world feeling born of body-contact …
Manosamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world feeling born of mind-contact is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Rūpasaññā loke …
In the world perception of forms …
Saddasaññā loke …
In the world perception of sounds …
Gandhasaññā loke …
In the world perception of smells …
Rasasaññā loke …
In the world perception of tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbasaññā loke …
In the world perception of tangibles …
Dhammasaññā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world perception of thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Rūpasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to forms …
Saddasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to sounds …
Gandhasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to smells …
Rasasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā loke …
In the world intention in regard to tangibles …
Dhammasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world intention in regard to thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Rūpataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for forms …
Saddataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for sounds …
Gandhataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for smells …
Rasataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbataṇhā loke …
In the world craving for tangibles …
Dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world craving for thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Rūpavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about forms …
Saddavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about sounds …
Gandhavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about smells …
Rasavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbavitakko loke …
In the world thinking about tangibles …
Dhammavitakko loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world thinking about thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Rūpavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of forms …
Saddavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of sounds …
Gandhavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of smells …
Rasavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of tastes …
Phoṭṭhabbavicāro loke …
In the world an examination of tangibles …
Dhammavicāro loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ –
In the world an examination of thoughts is likeable and pleasing –
etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.
here this craving when it is being abandoned is abandoned, here when ceasing it ceases.
Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ.
This, monks, is called the Noble Truth of the Cessation of Suffering.
****************************
Maggasaccaniddeso
The Explanation of the Truth of the Path
Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ?
Now what, monks, is the Noble Truth of the Practice Leading to the Cessation of Suffering?
Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ:
It is this noble path with eight factors, as follows:
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo,
right view, right thought,
sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo,
right speech, right action, right livelihood
sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.
right endeavour, right mindfulness, right concentration.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi?
Now what, monks, is right view?
Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṁ
That, monks, which is knowledge about suffering
dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṁ
knowledge about the origination of suffering
dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṁ
knowledge about the cessation of suffering
dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṁ.
knowledge about the practice leading to the cessation of suffering.
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi.
This, monks, is called right view.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo?
Now what, monks, is right thought?
Nekkhammasaṅkappo, abyāpādasaṅkappo, avihiṁsāsaṅkappo.
The thought of renunciation, the thought of good-will, the thought of non-violence.
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo.
This, monks, is called right thought.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā?
Now what, monks, is right speech?
Musāvādā veramaṇī
Refraining from false speech
pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī
refraining from malicious speech
pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī
refraining from rough speech
samphappalāpā veramaṇī.
refraining from frivolous talk.
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvācā.
This, monks, is called right speech.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammākammanto?
Now what, monks, is right action?
Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī
Refraining from killing living creatures
adinnādānā veramaṇī
refraining from taking what has not been given
kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī.
refraining from sexual misconduct.
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammākammanto.
This, monks, is called right action.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo?
Now what, monks, is right livelihood?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako micchāājīvaṁ pahāya,
Here, monks, a noble disciple, having abandoned a wrong way of livelihood,
sammāājīvena jīvitaṁ kappeti.
makes his living by a right way of livelihood.
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo.
This, monks, is called right livelihood.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo?
Now what, monks, is right endeavour?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
Here, monks, a monk
anuppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ
regarding bad and unwholesome thoughts that have not yet arisen
anuppādāya chandaṁ janeti,
generates desire for their non-arising,
vāyamati, vīriyaṁ ārabhati, cittaṁ paggaṇhāti, padahati;
(in this regard) he endeavours, instigates energy, exerts his mind, and makes an effort;
uppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ
regarding bad and unwholesome thoughts that have already arisen
pahānāya chandaṁ janeti,
he generates desire for their abandonment,
vāyamati, vīriyaṁ ārabhati, cittaṁ paggaṇhāti, padahati;
(in this regard) he endeavours, instigates energy, exerts his mind, and makes an effort;
anuppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ uppādāya chandaṁ janeti,
He generates desire for the arising of wholesome thoughts that have not yet arisen,
vāyamati, vīriyaṁ ārabhati, cittaṁ paggaṇhāti, padahati;
(in this regard) he endeavours, instigates energy, exerts his mind, and makes an effort;
uppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ṭhitiyā, asammosāya,
regarding wholesome thoughts that have arisen he generates desire for their endurance, persistence,
bhiyyobhāvāya, vepullāya, bhāvanāya, pāripūriyā chandaṁ janeti,
multiplication, extension, development, and fulfilment,
vāyamati, vīriyaṁ ārabhati, cittaṁ paggaṇhāti, padahati.
(in this regard) he endeavours, instigates energy, exerts his mind, and makes an effort.
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo.
This, monks, is called right endeavour.
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati?
Now what, monks, is right mindfulness?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati,
Here, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) the body in the body,
ātāpī, sampajāno, satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;
ardent, fully aware, and mindful, after removing avarice and sorrow regarding the world;
vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati,
He dwells contemplating (the nature of) feelings in feelings,
ātāpī, sampajāno, satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;
ardent, fully aware, and mindful, after removing avarice and sorrow regarding the world;
citte cittānupassī viharati,
he dwells contemplating (the nature of) the mind in the mind,
ātāpī, sampajāno, satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ;
ardent, fully aware, and mindful, after removing avarice and sorrow regarding the world;
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
He dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
ātāpī, sampajāno, satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.
ardent, fully aware, and mindful, after removing avarice and sorrow regarding the world.
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsati.
This, monks, is called right mindfulness.
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi?
Now what, monks, is right concentration?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi,
Here, monks, a monk, quite secluded from sense desires,
vivicca akusalehi dhammehi,
secluded from unwholesome things,
savitakkaṁ, savicāraṁ, vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ,
having thinking, reflection, and the happiness and joy born of seclusion,
paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.
dwells having attained the first absorption.
Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā,
With the calming down of thinking and reflection,
ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ, cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ,
with internal clarity, and one-pointedness of mind,
avitakkaṁ, avicāraṁ, samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ,
being without thinking, without reflection, having the happiness and joy born of concentration,
dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.
he dwells having attained the second absorption.
Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati,
With the fading away of joy he dwells equanimous,
sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti,
mindful, fully aware, experiencing happiness through the body,
yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: “upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī”ti,
about which the Noble Ones declare: “He dwells pleasantly, mindful, and equanimous,”
tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.
he dwells having attained the third absorption.
Sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā,
Having abandoned pleasure, abandoned pain,
pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā,
and with the previous passing away of mental happiness and sorrow,
adukkhamasukhaṁ, upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ,
without pain, without pleasure, and with complete purity of mindfulness owing to equanimity,
catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati.
he dwells having attained the fourth absorption.
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi.
This, monks, is called right concentration.
Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ.
This, monks, is called the Noble Truth of the Practice Leading to the Cessation of Suffering.
Iti ajjhattaṁ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
Thus he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself,
bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to others,
ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati.
or he dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things in regard to himself and in regard to others.
Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
Or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination in things,
vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of dissolution in things,
samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati,
or he dwells contemplating the nature of origination and dissolution in things,
“atthi dhammā”ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti
or else mindfulness that “there are these (various) things” is established in him
yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya,
just as far as (is necessary for) a full measure of knowledge and a full measure of mindfulness,
anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati.
and he dwells independent, and without being attached to anything in the world.
Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati,
In this way, monks, a monk dwells contemplating (the nature of) things in (various) things,
catūsu ariyasaccesu.
in the Four Noble Truths.
Saccapabbaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Section about the Truths is finished.
Dhammānupassanā niṭṭhitaṁ.
Contemplation of (the Nature of) Things is finished.
****************************
Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṁ bhāveyya sattavassāni,
Whoever, monks, should develop these four ways of attending to mindfulness in this way for seven years,
tassa dvinnaṁ phalānaṁ aññataraṁ phalaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ:
for him, out of two results, a particular result is to be expected:
diṭṭheva dhamme aññā; sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.
final knowledge in this very life; or, there being some attachment remaining, the state of non-returner.
Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, sattavassāni,
Let alone seven years, monks,
yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṁ bhāveyya cha vassāni,
whoever should develop these four ways of attending to mindfulness in this way for six years
pañca vassāni …
for five years …
cattāri vassāni …
for four years …
tīṇi vassāni …
for three years …
dve vassāni …
for two years …
ekaṁ vassaṁ …
for one year …
Tiṭṭhatu, bhikkhave, ekaṁ vassaṁ,
Let alone one year, monks,
yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṁ bhāveyya satta māsāni
whoever should develop these four ways of attending to mindfulness in this way for seven months
tassa dvinnaṁ phalānaṁ aññataraṁ phalaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ:
for him, out of two results, a particular result is to be expected:
diṭṭheva dhamme aññā; sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.
final knowledge in this very life; or, there being some attachment remaining, the state of non-returner.
Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, satta māsāni,
Let alone seven months, monks,
yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṁ bhāveyya cha māsāni
whoever should develop these four ways of attending to mindfulness in this way for six months
pañca māsāni …
for five months …
cattāri māsāni …
for four months …
tīṇi māsāni …
for three months …
dve māsāni …
for two months …
ekaṁ māsaṁ …
for one month …
aḍḍhamāsaṁ …
for half a month …
Tiṭṭhatu, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāso,
Let alone half a month, monks,
yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṁ bhāveyya sattāhaṁ
whoever should develop these four ways of attending to mindfulness in this way for seven days
tassa dvinnaṁ phalānaṁ aññataraṁ phalaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ:
for him, out of two results, a particular result is to be expected:
diṭṭheva dhamme aññā; sati vā upādisese anāgāmitāti.
final knowledge in this very life; or, there being some attachment remaining, the state of non-returner.
“Ekāyano ayaṁ, bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṁ visuddhiyā,
“This is a one-way path, monks, for the purification of beings,
sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya, dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya,
for the overcoming of grief and lamentation, for the extinction of pain and sorrow,
ñāyassa adhigamāya, nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya,
for attaining the right way, for the direct realisation of Nibbāna,
yadidaṁ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā”ti.
that is to say, the four ways of attending to mindfulness”.
Iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ, idametaṁ paṭicca vuttanti.
Thus, whatever was said, it is for this reason it was said.
Idamavoca bhagavā.
The Blessed One said this.
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.
And those monks were uplifted and greatly rejoiced in what was said by the Blessed One.
Mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Long Discourse about the Ways of Attending to Mindfulness is finished.
****************************
Paṭiccasamuppādavibhaṅgo[17]
The Analysis of Conditional Origination
Suttantabhājanīyaṁ
The Section Derived from the Discourses
Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā,
With ignorance as condition there are (volitional) formations,
saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ,
with (volitional) formations as condition: consciousness,
viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ,
with consciousness as condition: mind and bodily form,
nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṁ,
with mind and bodily form as condition: the six sense bases,
saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso,
with the six sense bases as condition: contact,
phassapaccayā vedanā,
with contact as condition: feeling,
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā,
with feeling as condition: craving,
taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṁ,
with craving as condition: attachment,
upādānapaccayā bhavo,
with attachment as condition: continuation,
bhavapaccayā jāti,
with continuation as condition: birth,
jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṁ,
with birth as condition: ageing, death,
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti,
grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair (all) arise,
evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
and so there is an origination of this whole mass of suffering.
[01: Avijjāniddeso]
[Definition of Ignorance]
Tattha katamā avijjā?
Herein, what is ignorance?
Dukkhe aññāṇaṁ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṁ,
Not knowing suffering, not knowing the origination of suffering,
dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṁ.
not knowing the cessation of suffering, not knowing the path leading to the cessation of suffering.
Ayaṁ vuccati avijjā.
This, is called ignorance.
[02: Saṅkhāraniddeso]
[Definition of (Volitional) Formations]
Tattha katame avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā?
Herein, what is with ignorance as condition there are (volitional) formations?
Puññābhisaṅkhāro, apuññābhisaṅkhāro, āneñjābhisaṅkhāro,
(There is) a meritorious (volitional) process, a demeritorious (volitional) process, an impertubable (volitional) process,
kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāro.
a (volitional) process expressed by way of the body, a (volitional) process expressed by way of speech, a (volitional) process expressed by way of the mind.
Tattha katamo puññābhisaṅkhāro?
Herein, what is a meritorious (volitional) process?
Kusalā cetanā kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarā,
(There are) wholesome intentions in the sense-world sphere, in the form-world sphere,
dānamayā sīlamayā bhāvanāmayā,
consisting of generosity, consisting of morality, consisting of meditation,
ayaṁ vuccati puññābhisaṅkhāro.
this is said to be a meritorious (volitional) process.
Tattha katamo apuññābhisaṅkhāro?
Herein, what is a demeritorious (volitional) process?
Akusalā cetanā kāmāvacarā,
(There are) unwholesome intentions in the sense-world sphere,
ayaṁ vuccati apuññābhisaṅkhāro.
this is said to be a demeritorious (volitional) process.
Tattha katamo āneñjābhisaṅkhāro?
Herein, what is an impertubable (volitional) process?
Kusalā cetanā arūpāvacarā
(There are) wholesome intentions in the formless-world sphere,
ayaṁ vuccati āneñjābhisaṅkhāro.
this is said to be an impertubable (volitional) process.
Tattha katamo kāyasaṅkhāro?
Herein, what is a (volitional) process expressed by way of the body?
Kāyasañcetanā, kāyasaṅkhāro.
(There is) an intention expressed by way of the body, a (volitional) process expressed by way of the body.
Vacīsañcetanā, vacīsaṅkhāro.
(There is) an intention expressed by way of speech, a (volitional) process expressed by way of speech.
Manosañcetanā cittasaṅkhāro.
(There is) an intention expressed by way of the mind, a (volitional) process expressed by way of the mind.
Ime vuccanti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā.
This is said to be with ignorance as condition there are (volitional) formations.
[03: Viññāṇaniddeso]
[Definition of Consciousness]
Tattha katamaṁ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ?
Herein, what is with (volitional) formations as condition: consciousness?
Cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, sotaviññāṇaṁ, ghānaviññāṇaṁ,
(There is) eye-consciousness, ear-consciousness, nose-consciousness,
jivhāviññāṇaṁ, kāyaviññāṇaṁ, manoviññāṇaṁ.
tongue-consciousness, body-consciousness, mind-consciousness.
Idaṁ vuccati saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ.
This is said to be with (volitional) formations as condition: consciousness.
[04: Nāmarūpaniddeso]
[Definition of Mind and Bodily Form]
Tattha katamaṁ viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ?
Herein, what is with consciousness as condition: mind and bodily form?
Atthi nāmaṁ, atthi rūpaṁ.
There is mind, there is bodily form.
Tattha katamaṁ nāmaṁ?
Herein, what is mind?
Vedanākkhandho, saññākkhandho, saṅkhārakkhandho:
(There is) the feeling constituent, the perception constituent, the (volitional) formations constituent:
idaṁ vuccati nāmaṁ.
this is said to be mind.
Tattha katamaṁ rūpaṁ?
Herein, what is bodily form?
Cattāro mahābhūtā, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṁ upādāyarūpaṁ,
(There are) the four great entities, and the bodily form attached to the four great entities,
idaṁ vuccati rūpaṁ.
this is said to be bodily form.
Iti idañca nāmaṁ, idañca rūpaṁ.
Thus, this is mind and this is bodily form.
Idaṁ vuccati viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ.
This is said to be with consciousness as condition: mind and bodily form.
[05: Saḷāyatananiddeso]
[Definition of the Six Sense Bases]
Tattha katamaṁ nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṁ?
Herein, what is with mind and bodily form as condition: the six sense bases?
Cakkhāyatanaṁ, sotāyatanaṁ, ghānāyatanaṁ,
(There is the) eye sense sphere, ear sense sphere, nose sense sphere,
jivhāyatanaṁ, kāyāyatanaṁ, manāyatanaṁ.
tongue sense sphere, body sense sphere, mind sense sphere.
Idaṁ vuccati nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṁ.
This is said to be with mind and bodily form as condition: the six sense bases.
[06: Phassaniddeso]
[Definition of Contact]
Tattha katamo saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso?
Herein, what is with the six sense bases as condition: contact?
Cakkhusamphasso sotasamphasso ghānasamphasso,
(There is) eye-contact, ear-contact, nose-contact,
jivhāsamphasso kāyasamphasso manosamphasso.
tongue-contact, body-contact, mind-contact.
Ayaṁ vuccati saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso.
This is said to be with the six sense bases as condition: contact.
[07: Vedanāniddeso]
[Definition of Feeling]
Tattha katamā phassapaccayā vedanā?
Herein, what is with contact as condition: feeling?
Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā,
(There is) feeling arising from eye-contact, feeling arising from ear-contact,
ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā,
feeling arising from nose-contact, feeling arising from tongue-contact,
kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.
feeling arising from body-contact, feeling arising from mind-contact.
Ayaṁ vuccati phassapaccayā vedanā.
This is said to be with contact as condition: feeling.
[08: Taṇhāniddeso]
[Definition of Craving]
Tattha katamā vedanāpaccayā taṇhā?
Herein, what is with feeling as condition: craving?
Rūpataṇhā, saddataṇhā,
(There is) craving for forms, craving for sounds,
gandhataṇhā, rasataṇhā,
craving for smells, craving for tastes,
phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, dhammataṇhā.
craving for tangibles, craving for thoughts.
Ayaṁ vuccati vedanāpaccayā taṇhā.
This is said to be with feeling as condition: craving.
[09: Upādānaniddeso]
[Definition of Attachment]
Tattha katamaṁ taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṁ?
Herein, what is with craving as condition: attachment?
Kāmupādānaṁ, diṭṭhupādānaṁ,
(There is) attachment to sense pleasures, attachment to views,
sīlabbatupādānaṁ, attavādupādānaṁ.
attachment to virtue and practice, attachment to self-theories.
Idaṁ vuccati taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṁ.
This is said to be with craving as condition: continuation.
[10: Bhavaniddeso]
[Definition of Continuation]
Tattha katamo upādānapaccayā bhavo?
Herein, what is with attachment as condition: continuation?
Bhavo duvidhena: atthi kammabhavo, atthi upapattibhavo.
Continuation is two-fold: there is continuation through (intentional) deeds, there is continuation through rebirth.
Tattha katamo kammabhavo?
Herein, what is continuation through (intentional) deeds?
Puññābhisaṅkhāro, apuññābhisaṅkhāro, āneñjābhisaṅkhāro.
(There is) a meritorious (volitional) process, a demeritorious (volitional) process, an impertubable (volitional) process.
Ayaṁ vuccati kammabhavo.
This is said to be continuation through (intentional) deeds.
Sabbampi bhavagāmikammaṁ kammabhavo.
All (intentional) deeds leading to continuation is continuation from (intentional) deeds.
Tattha katamo upapattibhavo?
Herein, what is continuation through rebirth?
Kāmabhavo, rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo,
(There is) continuation in the sense-world spheres, continuation in the form-world spheres, continuation in the formless-world spheres,
saññābhavo, asaññābhavo, nevasaññānāsaññābhavo,
continuation with perception, continuation without perception, continuation with neither-perception-nor-non-perception,
ekavokārabhavo, catuvokārabhavo, pañcavokārabhavo.
continuation with one constituent, continuation with four constituents, continuation with five constituents.
Ayaṁ vuccati upapattibhavo.
This is said to be continuation through rebirth.
Ayaṁ vuccati upādānapaccayā bhavo.
This is said to be with attachment as condition: continuation.
[11: Jātiniddeso]
[Definition of Birth]
Tattha katamā bhavapaccayā jāti?
Herein, what is with continuation as condition: birth?
Yā tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye
For the various beings in the various classes of beings
jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti,
(there is) birth, being born, appearing, arising, turning up,
khandhānaṁ pātubhāvo, āyatanānaṁ paṭilābho.
the manifestation of the constituents (of mind and bodily form), the acquisition of the sense spheres.
Ayaṁ vuccati bhavapaccayā jāti.
This is said to be with continuation as condition: birth.
[12: Jarāmaraṇaniddeso]
[Definition of Ageing and Death]
Tattha katamaṁ jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṁ?
Herein, what is with birth as condition: ageing, death?
Atthi jarā, atthi maraṇaṁ.
There is ageing, there is death.
Tattha katamā jarā?
Herein, what is ageing?
Yā tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye
For the various beings in the various classes of beings
jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṁ pāliccaṁ valittacatā,
(there is) broken teeth, greying hair, and wrinkled skin,
āyuno saṁhāni indriyānaṁ paripāko.
the dwindling away of the life span, the decay of the sense faculties.
Ayaṁ vuccati jarā.
This is said to be ageing.
Tattha katamaṁ maraṇaṁ?
Herein, what is death?
Yā tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā
For the various beings in the various classes of beings
cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṁ maccu maraṇaṁ kālakiriyā,
there is a fall, a falling away, a breaking up, a disappearance, a dying, a death, a making of time,
khandhānaṁ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo,
the break up of the constituents (of mind and bodily form), the throwing off of the body,
jīvitindriyassupacchedo.
a cutting off of the life-faculty.
Idaṁ vuccati maraṇaṁ.
This is called death.
Iti ayañca jarā idañca maraṇaṁ.
Thus, this is ageing and this is death.
Idaṁ vuccati jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṁ.
This is said to be with birth as condition: ageing, death.
[12a: Sokaniddeso]
[Definition of Grief]
Tattha katamo soko?
Herein, what is grief?
Ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
To one touched by misfortune regarding relatives, to one touched by misfortune regarding wealth,
rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
to one touched by misfortune regarding health, to one touched by misfortune regarding (loss of) morality,
diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
to one touched by misfortune regarding his views,
aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa,
for he who has some sort of misfortune or other,
aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa,
who is touched by some sort of painful thing or another,
soko socanā socitattaṁ antosoko antoparisoko,
there is grief, grieving, the state of grieving, inner grief, great inner grief,
cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṁ sokasallaṁ.
his mind is sorrowful, being pierced with the dart of grief.
Ayaṁ vuccati soko.
This is said to be grief.
[12b: Paridevaniddeso]
[Definition of Lamentation]
Tattha katamo paridevo?
Herein, what is lamentation?
Ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
To one touched by misfortune regarding relatives, to one touched by misfortune regarding wealth,
rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
to one touched by misfortune regarding health, to one touched by misfortune regarding (loss of) morality,
diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
to one touched by misfortune regarding his views,
aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa,
for he who has some sort of misfortune or other,
aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa,
who is touched by some sort of painful thing or another,
ādevo paridevo ādevanā paridevanā ādevitattaṁ paridevitattaṁ,
there are laments, great laments, lamenting, great lamenting, the state of lamenting, the state of great lamentation,
vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappanā lālappitattaṁ.
words of wailing, great wailing, moaning, great moaning, the state of moaning.
Ayaṁ vuccati paridevo.
This is said to be lamentation.
[12c: Dukkhaniddeso]
[Definition of Pain]
Tattha katamaṁ dukkhaṁ?
Herein, what is pain?
Yaṁ kāyikaṁ asātaṁ kāyikaṁ dukkhaṁ,
That which is bodily pain, bodily disagreeableness,
kāyasamphassajaṁ asātaṁ dukkhaṁ vedayitaṁ,
pain arising from contact with the body, disagreeable feeling,
kāyasamphassajā asātā dukkhā vedanā.
pain and painful feeling that is born in the body.
Idaṁ vuccati dukkhaṁ.
This is said to be pain.
[12d: Domanassaniddeso]
[Definition of Sorrow]
Tattha katamaṁ domanassaṁ?
Herein, what is sorrow?
Yaṁ cetasikaṁ asātaṁ, cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ,
That which is mental pain, mental disagreeableness,
cetosamphassajaṁ asātaṁ dukkhaṁ vedayitaṁ,
pain arising from contact with the mind, disagreeable feeling,
cetosamphassajā asātā dukkhā vedanā.
pain and painful feeling that is born in the mind.
Idaṁ vuccati domanassaṁ.
This is said to be sorrow.
[12e: Upāyāsaniddeso]
[Definition of Despair]
Tattha katamo upāyāso?
Herein, what is despair?
Ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
To one touched by misfortune regarding relatives, to one touched by misfortune regarding wealth,
rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
to one touched by misfortune regarding health, to one touched by misfortune regarding (loss of) morality,
diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa,
to one touched by misfortune regarding his views,
aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa,
for he who has some sort of misfortune or other,
aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa,
who is touched by some sort of painful thing or another,
āyāso upāyāso āyāsitattaṁ upāyāsitattaṁ.
there is desponding, despairing, the state of despondency, the state of despair.
Ayaṁ vuccati upāyāso.
This is said to be despair.
Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotīti,
So there is an origination of this whole mass of suffering,
evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa saṅgati hoti,
and so there is an association with this whole mass of suffering,
samāgamo hoti, samodhānaṁ hoti, pātubhāvo hoti.
a meeting with it, a connection with it, a manifestation of it.
Tena vuccati evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotīti.
This is said to be the origination of this whole mass of suffering.
Paṭiccasamuppādavibhaṅgo niṭṭhito.
The Analysis of Conditional Origination is finished.
****************************
Dhammacakkappavattanasuttaṁ[18]
The Discourse on Setting the Motion of the Dhamma Wheel
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.
At that time the Blessed One was living near Bārāṇasī, at the Deer Park in Isipatana.
Tatra kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi:
Then the Blessed One addressed the group-of-five monks, saying:
dveme bhikkhave antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā.
there are these two extremes, monks, that one who has gone forth ought not to associate with.
Katame dve?
Which two?
Yo cāyaṁ: kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo,
Which is this: devotion and clinging to the pleasure in sense pleasures,
hīno, gammo, pothujjaniko, anariyo, anatthasaṁhito;
which is low, vulgar, worldly, ignoble, and not connected with the goal;
yo cāyaṁ: attakilamathānuyogo,
and this: devotion to self-mortification,
dukkho, anariyo, anatthasaṁhito.
which is painful, ignoble, and not connected with the goal.
Ete kho bhikkhave ubho ante anupagamma, majjhimā paṭipadā
Not having approached either of these two extremes, monks, the middle practice
Tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī, ñāṇakaraṇī,
was awakened to by the Realised One, which produces vision, produces knowledge,
upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.
and which leads to peace, deep knowledge, Complete Awakening, and Emancipation.
Katamā ca sā bhikkhave majjhimā paṭipadā,
Now what is this middle practice, monks,
tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī, ñāṇakaraṇī,
that was awakened to by the Realised One, which produces vision, produces knowledge,
upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati?
and which leads to peace, deep knowledge, Complete Awakening, and Emancipation?
Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ:
It is this Eightfold Noble Path, as follows:
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo,
right view, right thought,
sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo,
right speech, right action, right livelihood
sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.
right endeavour, right mindfulness, right concentration.
Ayaṁ kho sā bhikkhave majjhimā paṭipadā,
This is the middle practice, monks,
tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī, ñāṇakaraṇī,
that was awakened to by the Realised One, which produces vision, produces knowledge,
upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.
and which leads to peace, deep knowledge, Complete Awakening, and Emancipation.
Idaṁ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ:
Now this, monks, is the noble truth of suffering:
jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā
birth is suffering, also old age is suffering
byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṁ
also sickness is suffering, also death is suffering
appiyehi sampayogo dukkho
being joined to what is not dear is suffering
piyehi vippayogo dukkho
being separated from what is dear is suffering
yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ
also not to obtain what one longs for is suffering
saṁkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā.
in brief, the five constituent parts (of mind and body) that provide fuel for attachment are suffering.
Idaṁ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ:
Now this, monks, is the noble truth of the arising of suffering:
yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobbhavikā,
it is that craving which leads to continuation in existence,
nandirāgasahagatā, tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ:
which is connected with enjoyment and passion, greatly enjoying this and that, as follows:
kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā.
craving for sense pleasures, craving for continuation, craving for discontinuation.
Idaṁ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ:
Now this, monks, is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering:
yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho –
it is the complete fading away and cessation without remainder of that craving –
cāgo, paṭinissaggo, mutti, anālayo.
liberation, letting go, release, and non-adherence.
Idaṁ kho pana bhikkhave,
Now this, monks,
dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ,
is the noble truth of the practice leading to the end of suffering,
ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ:
it is this Eightfold Noble Path, as follows:
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo,
right view, right thought,
sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo,
right speech, right action, right livelihood
sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.
right endeavour, right mindfulness, right concentration.
“Idaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccan”ti me, bhikkhave,
“This is the noble truth of suffering” to me, monks,
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pariññeyyan”ti me
“Now that to which this is the noble truth of suffering” refers (i.e. suffering itself) ought to be fully known – to me,
bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
monks, regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pariññātan”ti me,
“Now that to which this is the noble truth of suffering” refers has been fully known – to me,
bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
monks, regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Idaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccan”ti me, bhikkhave,
“This is the noble truth of the arising of suffering” – to me, monks,
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pahātabban”ti me, bhikkhave,
“Now that to which this is the noble truth of the arising of suffering” refers (i.e. craving) ought to be given up, to me, monks,
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ
pahīnan”ti me, bhikkhave,
“Now that to which this is the noble truth of the arising of suffering” refers has been given up – to me, monks,
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Idaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccan”ti –
“This is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering” –
me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
to me, monks, regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ sacchikātabban”ti me, bhikkhave,
“Now that to which this is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering” refers (i.e. Emancipation) ought to be experienced –
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
to me, monks, regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ sacchikatan”ti me, bhikkhave,
“Now that to which this is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering” refers has been experienced – to me, monks,
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Idaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccan”ti me
“This is the noble truth of the practice going to the cessation of suffering” – to me,
bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
monks, regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ bhāvetabban”ti me, bhikkhave,
“Now that to which this is the noble truth of the practice leading to the end of suffering” refers (i.e. the practice itself) ought to be developed – to me, monks,
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
“Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ bhāvitan”ti me, bhikkhave,
“Now that to which this is the noble truth of the practice leading to the end of suffering” refers has been developed – to me, monks,
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu
regarding these previously unheard-of things
cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi,
vision arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose,
vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
understanding arose, light arose.
Yāvakīvañca me bhikkhave imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu
For as long as to me, monks, in regard to these four noble truths
evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ –
turned like this, in three ways, twelvefold –
yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi,
knowledge and insight as it really is was not quite clear,
neva tāvāhaṁ bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake,
for that long, monks, I did not declare to the world with its gods, Māra, and Brahmā,
sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya,
to this generation, with its ascetics and brāhmaṇas, princes and men,
“anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho”ti paccaññāsiṁ.
that I was fully awakened with unsurpassed complete awakening.
Yato ca kho me bhikkhave imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu
But when to me, monks, in regard to these four noble truths
evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ –
turned like this, in three ways, twelvefold –
yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ ahosi,
knowledge and insight as it really is was quite clear,
athāhaṁ bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake,
then, monks, I did declare to the world with its gods, Māra, and Brahmā,
sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya,
to this generation, with its ascetics and brahmaṇas, princes and men,
“anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho”ti paccaññāsiṁ.
that view ‘I was fully awakened with unsurpassed complete awakening’.
Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṁ udapādi:
To me knowledge and insight arose:
“akuppā me vimutti
sure is my liberation
ayamantimā jāti
this is my last birth
natthidāni punabbhavo”ti.
now there is no continuation of existence.
Idamavoca bhagavā.
The Blessed One said this.
Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.
And the group-of-five monks were uplifted and greatly rejoiced in what was said by the Blessed One.
Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne, āyasmato koṇḍaññassa
Moreover, as this sermon was being given, to the venerable Koṇḍañña
virajaṁ, vītamalaṁ, dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi:
the dust-free, stainless, Vision-of-the-Dhamma arose:
“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ,
“whatever has the nature of arising,
sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.
all that has the nature of ceasing.”
Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke
Now when the Dhamma Wheel was set rolling by the Blessed One
bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ:
the Earth gods let loose a cry:
“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye,
“Near Bārāṇasī, in the Deer Park at Isipatana,
anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ,
the unsurpassed Dhamma Wheel has been set rolling by the Blessed One,
appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā
and it cannot be rolled back by an ascetic or by a brāhmaṇa
devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.
or by a god or by a Māra or by a Brahmā or by anyone in the world.”
Bhummānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā
Having heard the cry of the Earth gods
cātumahārājikā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ:
the gods called the Four Great Kings let loose a cry:
“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye,
“Near Bārāṇasī, in the Deer Park at Isipatana,
anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ,
the unsurpassed Dhamma Wheel has been set rolling by the Blessed One,
appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā
and it cannot be rolled back by an ascetic or by a brāhmaṇa
devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.
or by a god or by a Māra or by a Brahmā or by anyone in the world.”
Cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā
Having heard the cry of the gods called the Four Great Kings,
Tāvatiṁsā devā …
the Tāvatiṁsa gods …
Yāmā devā …
the Yāma gods …
Tusitā devā …
the Tusita gods …
Nimmānaratī devā …
the Nimmānarati gods …
Paranimmitavasavattī devā …
the Paranimmitavasavatti gods …
Brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ:
the Brahmakāyika gods let loose a cry:
“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye,
“Near Bārāṇasī, in the Deer Park at Isipatana,
anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ,
the unsurpassed Dhamma Wheel has been set rolling by the Blessed One,
appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā
and it cannot be rolled back by an ascetic or a brāhmaṇa
devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.
or by a god or by a Māra or by a Brahmā or by anyone in the world.”
Itiha tena khaṇena, tena layena, tena muhuttena,
Thus at that moment, at that instant, at that second,
yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi.
that cry reached as far as the Brahmā worlds.
Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṅkampi, sampakampi, sampavedhi,
And this ten-thousand world-element moved, wavered, and shook,
appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi,
and great and measureless light became manifest in the world,
atikkamma devānaṁ devānubhāvanti.
transcending the godly power of the gods.
Atha kho bhagavā imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:
Then the Blessed One uttered this inspired utterance:
“aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño,
“Koṇḍañña surely knows,
aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño”ti.
Koṇḍañña surely knows.”
Iti hidaṁ āyasmato koṇḍaññassa
Thus to the venerable Koṇḍañña
“aññāsikoṇḍañño” tveva nāmaṁ ahosi.
came the name “Aññāsi Koṇḍañña” (Koṇḍañña, he-who-knows).
atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo,
Then the venerable Aññāsi Koṇḍañña, having seen the Dhamma, attained the Dhamma,
viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṁkatho,
understood the Dhamma, penetrated the Dhamma, crossed over uncertainty, being without doubts,
vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane,
having attained full confidence, having become independent of others in the Teacher’s teaching,
bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
said this to the Blessed One:
“labheyyāhaṁ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ
“may I receive the going-forth, venerable Sir, in the presence of the Blessed One,
labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.
may I receive the full ordination”.
“Ehi bhikkhū”ti bhagavā avoca, “svākkhāto dhammo,
“Come, monk,” said the Blessed One, “the Dhamma has been wellproclaimed,
cara brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.
live the spiritual life for the complete ending of suffering.”
Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosīti.
That was this the venerable one’s full ordination.
Dhammacakkappavattanasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse on Setting the Motion of the Dhamma Wheel is finished.
****************************
Anattalakkhaṇasuttaṁ[19]
The Discourse on the Characteristic of Non-Selfness
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.
At that time the Blessed One was living near Bārāṇasī, at the Deer Park in Isipatana.
Tatra kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi:
Then the Blessed One addressed the group-of-five monks, saying:
“bhikkhavo”ti. “Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.
“Monks!”. “Reverend Sir!” those monks replied to the Blessed One.
Bhagavā etadavoca:
and the Blessed One said this:
Rūpaṁ bhikkhave anatta.
Bodily form, monks, is not Self.
Rūpañca hidaṁ bhikkhave attā abhavissa,
for if this bodily form, monks, were Self,
nayidaṁ rūpaṁ ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe:
this bodily form would not lead to affliction, and regarding bodily form it might be possible (to say):
“evaṁ me rūpaṁ hotu, evaṁ me rūpaṁ mā ahosī”ti.
“let my bodily form be thus, let my bodily form be not thus.”
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave rūpaṁ anattā,
But because bodily form, monks, is not Self,
tasmā rūpaṁ ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe:
therefore bodily form does lead to affliction, and regarding bodily form it is not possible (to say):
“evaṁ me rūpaṁ hotu, evaṁ me rūpaṁ mā ahosī”ti.
“let my bodily form be thus, let my bodily form be not thus.”
Vedanā anattā.
Feeling is non-self.
Vedanā ca hidaṁ bhikkhave, attā abhavissa,
For if this feeling, monks, were self,
nayidaṁ vedanā ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya:
this feeling would not lead to affliction, and regarding feeling it might be possible (to say):
“evaṁ me vedanā hotu, evaṁ me vedanā mā ahosī”ti.
“let my feeling be thus, let my feeling be not thus.”
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave vedanā anattā,
But because feeling, monks, is non-self,
tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya:
therefore feeling does lead to affliction, and regarding feeling it is not possible (to say):
“evaṁ me vedanā hotu, evaṁ me vedanā mā ahosī”ti.
“let my feeling be thus, let my feeling be not thus.”
Saññā anattā.
Perception is non-self.
Saññā ca hidaṁ bhikkhave, attā abhavissa,
For if this perception, monks, were self
nayidaṁ saññā ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca saññāya:
this perception would not lead to affliction, and regarding perception it might be possible (to say):
“evaṁ me saññā hotu, evaṁ me saññā mā ahosī”ti.
“let my perception be thus, let my perception be not thus.”
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave saññā anattā,
But because perception, monks, is non-self,
tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya:
therefore perception does lead to affliction, and regarding perception it is not possible (to say):
“evaṁ me saññā hotu, evaṁ me saññā mā ahosī”ti.
“let my perception be thus, let my perception be not thus.”
Saṅkhārā anattā.
(Mental) formations are non-self.
Saṅkhārā ca hidaṁ bhikkhave attā abhavissaṁsu
for if these (mental) formations, monks, were self
nayidaṁ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṁvatteyyuṁ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu:
these (mental) formations would not lead to affliction, and regarding (mental) formations it might be possible (to say):
“evaṁ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṁ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun”ti.
“Let my (mental) formations be thus, let my (mental) formations be not thus.”
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave saṅkhārā anattā,
But because (mental) formations, monks, are non-self,
tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṁvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu
therefore (mental) formations do lead to affliction, and regarding (mental) formations it is not possible (to say):
“evaṁ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṁ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun”ti.
“let my (mental) formations be thus, let my (mental) formations be not thus.”
Viññāṇaṁ anatta.
Consciousness is non-self,
Viññāṇañca hidaṁ bhikkhave, attā abhavissa,
for if this consciousness, monks, were self,
nayidaṁ viññāṇaṁ ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca viññāṇe:
this consciousness would not lead to affliction, and regarding consciousness it might be possible (to say):
“evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ hotu, evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ mā ahosī”ti
“let my consciousness be thus, let my consciousness be not thus.”
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave viññāṇaṁ anattā,
But because consciousness, monks, is non-self,
tasmā viññāṇaṁ ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe:
therefore consciousness does lead to affliction, and regarding consciousness it is not possible (to say):
“evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ hotu, evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ mā ahosī”ti.
“let my consciousness be thus, let my consciousness be not thus.”
Taṁ kiṁ maññatha bhikkhave:
What do you think of this, monks:
rūpaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vāti?
(Is) bodily form permanent or impermanent?”
Aniccaṁ bhante.
Impermanent, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vāti?
But that which is impermanent, (is) that unpleasant or pleasant?
Dukkhaṁ bhante.
Unpleasant, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ,
But that which is impermanent, unpleasant and changeable,
kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ:
is it proper to regard it thus:
“etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?
“this is mine, this I am, this is my self?”
No hetaṁ bhante.
Certainly not, venerable Sir.
Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vāti?
(Is) feeling permanent or impermanent?
Aniccā bhante.
Impermanent, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vāti?
But that which is impermanent, (is) that unpleasant or pleasant?
Dukkhaṁ bhante.
Unpleasant, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ,
But that which is impermanent, unpleasant and changeable,
kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ:
is it proper to regard it thus:
“etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?
“This is mine, this I am, this is my self?”
No hetaṁ bhante.
Certainly not, venerable Sir.
Saññā niccā vā aniccā vāti?
(Is) perception permanent or impermanent?
Aniccā bhante.
Impermanent, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vāti?
But that which is impermanent, (is) that unpleasant or pleasant?
Dukkhaṁ bhante.
Unpleasant, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ,
But that which is impermanent, unpleasant and changeable,
kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ:
is it proper to regard it thus:
“etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?
“This is mine, this I am, this is my self?”
No hetaṁ bhante.
Certainly not, venerable Sir.
Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vāti?
(Are) (mental) formations permanent or impermanent?
Aniccā bhante.
Impermanent, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vāti?
But that which is impermanent, (is) that unpleasant or pleasant?
Dukkhaṁ bhante.
Unpleasant, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ,
But that which is impermanent, unpleasant and changeable,
kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ:
is it proper to regard it thus:
“etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?
“This is mine, this I am, this is my Self?”
No hetaṁ bhante.
Certainly not, venerable Sir.
Viññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vāti?
(Is) consciousness permanent or impermanent?
Aniccaṁ bhante.
Impermanent, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vāti?
But that which is impermanent, (is) that unpleasant or pleasant?
Dukkhaṁ bhante.
Unpleasant, venerable Sir.
Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ,
But that which is impermanent, unpleasant and changeable,
kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ:
is it proper to regard it thus:
“etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?
“this is mine, this I am, this is my self?”
No hetaṁ bhante.
Certainly not, venerable Sir.
Tasmātiha bhikkhave yaṁ kiñci rūpaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ,
Therefore monks, whatever bodily form (there is) in the past, future or present,
ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā, oḷārikaṁ vā sukhumaṁ vā hīnaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā,
internal or external, gross or fine, inferior or excellent,
yaṁ dūre santike vā sabbaṁ rūpaṁ:
whether far or near, regarding all bodily form:
“netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā”ti,
“this is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self,”
evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
in just this way, as it really is, it should be seen with full wisdom.
Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā,
Whatever feeling (there is) in the past, future or present,
ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā, oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā,
internal or external, gross or fine, inferior or excellent,
yā dūre santike vā sabbā vedanā:
whether far or near, regarding all feeling:
“netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā”ti,
“this is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self,”
evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
in just this way, as it really is, it should be seen with full wisdom.
Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā,
Whatever perception (there is) in the past, future or present,
ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā, oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā,
internal or external, gross or fine, inferior or excellent,
yā dūre santike vā sabbā saññā:
whether far or near, regarding all perception:
“netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā”ti,
“this is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self,”
evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
in just this way, as it really is, it should be seen with full wisdom.
Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā,
Whatever (mental) formations (there are) in the past, future or present,
ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā, oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā,
internal or external, gross or fine, inferior or excellent,
ye dūre santike vā sabbe saṅkhārā:
whether far or near, regarding all (mental) formations:
“netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā”ti,
“this is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self,”
evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
in just this way, as it really is, it should be seen with full wisdom.
Yaṁ kiñci viññāṇaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ,
Whatever consciousness (there is) in the past, future or present,
ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā, oḷārikaṁ vā sukhumaṁ vā hīnaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā,
internal or external, gross or fine, inferior or excellent,
yaṁ dūre santike vā sabbaṁ viññāṇaṁ:
whether far or near, regarding all consciousness:
“netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā”ti,
“this is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self,”
evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
in just this way, as it really is, it should be seen with full wisdom.
Evaṁ passaṁ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati,
Seeing in this way, monks, the learned, Noble disciple, grows weary of bodily form,
vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati,
and weary of feeling, and weary of perception,
saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati,
and weary of (mental) formations, and weary of consciousness,
nibbindaṁ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati,
through weariness he becomes dispassionate, through dispassion he is liberated,
vimuttasmiṁ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṁ hoti.
in liberation, there is the knowledge that such is “liberation”.
“Khīṇā jāti
“Destroyed is (re)birth
vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ
accomplished is the spiritual life
kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ
done is what ought to be done
nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti pajānātīti.
there is no more of this mundane state” – this he knew.
Idamavoca bhagavā.
The Blessed One said this.
Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanduṁ.
and the group-of-five monks were uplifted and greatly rejoiced in what was said by the Blessed One.
Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne,
Moreover, as this sermon was being given,
pañcavaggiyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsūti.
the group-of-five monks’ minds were liberated from the pollutants, without attachment.
Anattalakkhaṇasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse on the Characteristic of Non-Selfness is finished.
****************************
Pabbajita-abhiṇhasuttaṁ[20]
The Discourse on What One Gone Forth
Should Frequently Reflect On
Dasayime bhikkhave dhammā
There are these ten things, monks,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbā.
that one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on.
Katame dasa?
What are the ten?
- “Vevaṇṇiyamhi ajjhupagato”ti,
“My appearance is now changed”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Parapaṭibaddhā me jīvikā”ti,
“I am bound to others for my livelihood”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Añño me ākappo karaṇīyo”ti,
“I should comport myself differently”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Kacci nu kho me attā sīlato na upavadatī”ti,
“Can I myself find no fault with my virtue?”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Kacci nu kho maṁ anuvicca viññū sabrahmacārī,
“Will my wise companions in the spiritual life, after testing me,
sīlato na upavadantī”ti,
find no fault with my virtue?”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo”ti,
“There is alteration in, and separation from, all that is dear and appealing to me”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo, kammayoni,
“It is actions that I own, it is actions that I am heir to, it is actions that I am born from,
kammabandhu, kammapaṭisaraṇo –
actions are my kinsfolk, actions are my refuge –
yaṁ kammaṁ karissāmi, kalyāṇaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā
whatever actions I perform, whether good or bad,
tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī”ti,
to that I will be the heir”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Kathaṁbhūtassa me rattindivā vītivattantī”ti,
“In what way do the nights and days pass for me?”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Kacci nu kho ahaṁ suññāgāre abhiramāmī”ti,
“Do I delight in empty places?”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
- “Atthi nu kho me uttari manussadhammo –
“Has a state beyond (ordinary) human beings –
alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso – adhigato?
the distinction of what is truly noble knowledge and seeing – been attained by me?
Yenāhaṁ pacchime kāle sabrahmacārīhi puṭṭho,
Will I at the end, when questioned by my companions in the spiritual life,
na maṅku bhavissāmī”ti,
not be embarrassed?”,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on this.
Ime kho bhikkhave dasa dhammā,
These are the ten things, monks,
pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbā.
that one who has gone forth should frequently reflect on.
Pabbajita-abhiṇhasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
The Discourse on What One Gone Forth is finished.
****************************
Paṭṭhāna
Paccayuddeso[21]
The numeration of conditions
Hetupaccayo, ārammaṇapaccayo,
Root condition, object condition,
adhipatipaccayo, anantarapaccayo,
predominance condition, preceding condition,
samanantarapaccayo, sahajātapaccayo,
prior condition, arising together condition,
aññamaññapaccayo, nissayapaccayo,
mutuality condition, support condition,
upanissayapaccayo, purejātapaccayo,
strong support condition, arising before condition,
pacchājātapaccayo, āsevanapaccayo,
arising later condition, habitual condition,
kammapaccayo, vipākapaccayo,
(intentional) deed condition, result condition,
āhārapaccayo, indriyapaccayo,
nutriment condition, faculty condition,
jhānapaccayo, maggapaccayo,
absorption condition, path condition,
sampayuttapaccayo, vippayuttapaccayo,
association condition, disassociation condition,
atthipaccayo, natthipaccayo,
presence condition, absence condition,
vigatapaccayo, avigatapaccayoti.
disappearance condition, non-disappearance condition.
Paccayaniddeso[22]
The Explanation of the Conditions
- Hetupaccayoti –
Root condition means
hetū hetusampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
roots are related to those things associated with roots,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
hetupaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of root condition.
- Ārammaṇapaccayoti –
Object condition means
rūpāyatanaṁ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā,
the form sense-sphere is related to the eye-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of object condition;
saddāyatanaṁ sotaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the sound sense-sphere is related to the ear-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of object condition;
gandhāyatanaṁ ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the smell sense-sphere is related to the nose-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of object condition;
rasāyatanaṁ jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā,
the taste sense-sphere is related to the tongue-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of object condition;
phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the tangibles sense-sphere is related to the body-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of object condition;
rūpāyatanaṁ saddāyatanaṁ gandhāyatanaṁ,
the form sense-sphere, the sound sense-sphere, the smell sensesphere,
rasāyatanaṁ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ manodhātuyā,
the taste sense-sphere, the tangibles sense-sphere are related to the mind element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of object condition.
Sabbe dhammā manoviññāṇadhātuyā,
All thought sense-bases are related to the mind-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of object condition.
Yaṁ yaṁ dhammaṁ ārabbha
Beginning with any thought sense-sphere
ye ye dhammā uppajjanti, cittacetasikā dhammā,
whatever things arise, (whatever) mental factors and thoughts,
te te dhammā tesaṁ tesaṁ dhammānaṁ,
these thoughts and whatever other thoughts (arise),
ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo.
the condition is by way of object condition.
- Adhipatipaccayoti –
Predominence condition means
chandādhipati chandasampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
a predominance of (concentrated wholesome) desire is related to those thoughts associated with (wholesome) desire,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
adhipatipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of predominance condition;
vīriyādhipati vīriyasampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
a predominance of (concentrated) energy is related to those thoughts associated with energy,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
adhipatipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of predominance condition;
cittādhipati cittasampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
predominance of (concentrated wholesome) mind is related to those thoughts associated with (wholesome) mind,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
adhipatipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of predominance condition;
vīmaṁsādhipati vīmaṁsasampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
predominance of (concentrated) investigation is related to those thoughts associated with investigation,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
adhipatipaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of predominance condition.
Yaṁ yaṁ dhammaṁ garuṁ katvā,
After giving weight to one of these thoughts,
ye ye dhammā uppajjanti, cittacetasikā dhammā,
whatever things arise, (whatever) mental factors and thoughts,
te te dhammā tesaṁ tesaṁ dhammānaṁ,
these thoughts and whatever other thoughts (arise),
adhipatipaccayena paccayo.
the condition is by way of predominance condition.
- Anantarapaccayoti –
Preceding condition means
cakkhuviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
eye-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of preceding condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of preceding condition;
sotaviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
ear-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of preceding condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of preceding condition;
ghānaviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
nose-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of preceding condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of preceding condition;
jivhāviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
tongue-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of preceding condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of preceding condition;
kāyaviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
body-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of preceding condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things
associated with it,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
Purimā purimā kusalā dhammā
The immediately former wholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following wholesome thoughts,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
Purimā purimā kusalā dhammā
The immediately former wholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
Purimā purimā akusalā dhammā
The immediately former unwholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following unwholesome thoughts,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
Purimā purimā akusalā dhammā
The immediately former unwholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following wholesome thoughts,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following unwholesome thoughts,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
Yesaṁ yesaṁ dhammānaṁ anantarā
Whenever any of these thoughts are preceding
ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā,
whatever things arise, (whatever) mental factors and thoughts,
te te dhammā tesaṁ tesaṁ dhammānaṁ,
these thoughts are related to those thoughts,
anantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of preceding condition.
- Samanantarapaccayoti –
Prior condition means
cakkhuviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
eye-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of prior condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of prior condition;
sotaviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
ear-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of prior condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of prior condition;
ghānaviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
nose-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of prior condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of prior condition;
jivhāviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
tongue-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of prior condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of prior condition;
kāyaviññāṇadhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
body-consciousness element and the things associated with it
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-element and the things that are associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo,
the condition being by way of prior condition,
manodhātu taṁsampayuttakā ca dhammā
mind element and the things associated with it
manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
Purimā purimā kusalā dhammā
The immediately former wholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following wholesome thoughts,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
Purimā purimā kusalā dhammā
The immediately former wholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
Purimā purimā akusalā dhammā
The immediately former unwholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following unwholesome thoughts,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
Purimā purimā akusalā dhammā
The immediately former unwholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ
dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following wholesome thoughts,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ akusalānaṁ
dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following unwholesome thoughts,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
Yesaṁ yesaṁ dhammānaṁ samanantarā
Whenever any of these thoughts are prior
ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā,
whatever things arise, (whatever) mental factors and thoughts,
te te dhammā tesaṁ tesaṁ dhammānaṁ,
these thoughts being related to those thoughts,
samanantarapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of prior condition.
- Sahajātapaccayoti –
Arising together condition means
cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṁ,
the four formless constituents are mutually related,
sahajātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising together condition;
cattāro mahābhūtā aññamaññaṁ,
the four great elementals are mutually related,
sahajātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising together condition;
okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ aññamaññaṁ,
at the time of descent (into the womb) mind and body are mutually related,
sahajātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising together condition;
cittacetasikā dhammā
mental factors and thoughts
cittasamuṭṭhānānaṁ rūpānaṁ,
are related to forms that originate from the mind,
sahajātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising together condition;
mahābhūtā upādārūpānaṁ,
the four great elementals are related to secondary form,
sahajātapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of arising together condition.
Rūpino dhammā arūpīnaṁ dhammānaṁ kiñci kāle,
Forms are sometimes related to the formless,
sahajātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising together condition;
kiñci kāle na sahajātapaccayena paccayo.
and sometimes the condition is not by way of arising together condition.
- Aññamaññapaccayoti –
Mutuality condition means
cattāro khandhā arūpino,
the four formless constituents are related,
aññamaññapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of mutuality condition;
cattāro mahābhūtā,
the four great elementals are related,
aññamaññapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of mutuality condition;
okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ,
at the time of descent (into the womb) mind and body are related,
aññamaññapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of mutuality condition.
- Nissayapaccayoti –
Support condition means
cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṁ,
the four formless constituents are mutually related,
nissayapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of support condition;
cattāro mahābhūtā aññamaññaṁ,
the four great elementals are mutually related,
nissayapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of support condition;
okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ aññamaññaṁ,
at the time of descent (into the womb) mind and body are mutually related,
nissayapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of support condition;
cittacetasikā dhammā
mental factors and thoughts
cittasamuṭṭhānānaṁ rūpānaṁ,
are related to forms that originate from the mind,
nissayapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of support condition;
mahābhūtā upādārūpānaṁ,
the four great elementals are related to secondary form,
nissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of support condition.
Cakkhāyatanaṁ
Eye sense-sphere
cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to eye-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
nissayapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of support condition;
sotāyatanaṁ
ear sense-sphere
sotaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to ear-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
nissayapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of support condition;
ghānāyatanaṁ
nose sense-sphere
ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to nose-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
nissayapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of support condition;
jivhāyatanaṁ
tongue sense-sphere
jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to tongue-consciousness element and the things
associated with it,
nissayapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of support condition;
kāyāyatanaṁ
body sense-sphere
kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to body-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
nissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of support condition.
Yaṁ rūpaṁ nissāya,
With the support of this form,
manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti,
mind element and the mind-consciousness element arise,
taṁ rūpaṁ manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca
that form is related to the mind element and the mindconsciousness element
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the thoughts associated with it,
nissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of support condition.
- Upanissayapaccayoti –
Strong support condition means
purimā purimā kusalā dhammā
the immediately former wholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following wholesome thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Purimā purimā kusalā dhammā
The immediately former wholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ kesañci,
are related to some later unwholesome thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Purimā purimā kusalā dhammā
The immediately former wholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Purimā purimā akusalā dhammā
The immediately former unwholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following unwholesome thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Purimā purimā akusalā dhammā
The immediately former unwholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ kesañci,
are related to some later wholesome thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Purimā purimā akusalā dhammā
The immediately former unwholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following inconsequential thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following wholesome thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Purimā purimā abyākatā dhammā
The immediately former inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the immediately following unwholesome thoughts,
upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of strong support condition.
Utubhojanampi upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
Also season and food (may be) a condition by way of strong support condition.
Puggalopi upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
Also a person (may be) a condition by way of strong support condition.
Senāsanampi upanissayapaccayena paccayo.
Also a dwelling place (may be) a condition by way of strong support condition.
- Purejātapaccayoti –
Arising before condition means
cakkhāyatanaṁ
eye sense-sphere
cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to eye-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
sotāyatanaṁ
ear sense-sphere
sotaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to ear-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
ghānāyatanaṁ
nose sense-sphere
ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to nose-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
jivhāyatanaṁ
tongue sense-sphere
jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to tongue-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
kāyāyatanaṁ
body sense-sphere
kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to body-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of arising before condition.
Rūpāyatanaṁ
The form sense-sphere
cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to the eye-consciousness element and the things that are associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
saddāyatanaṁ
the sound sense-sphere
sotaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to the ear-consciousness element and the things that are associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
gandhāyatanaṁ
the smell sense-sphere
ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to the nose-consciousness element and the things that are associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
rasāyatanaṁ
the taste sense-sphere
jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to the tongue-consciousness element and the things that are associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ
the tangibles sense-sphere
kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to the body-consciousness element and the things that are
associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
rūpāyatanaṁ saddāyatanaṁ gandhāyatanaṁ,
the form sense-sphere, the sound sense-sphere, the smell sensesphere,
rasāyatanaṁ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ
the taste sense-sphere, the tangibles sense-sphere
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
are related to the mind element and the things that are associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of arising before condition.
Yaṁ rūpaṁ nissāya,
With the support of this form,
manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti,
mind element and the mind-consciousness element arise,
taṁ rūpaṁ
that form
manodhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to the mind element and the things associated with it,
purejātapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of arising before condition.
Manoviññāṇadhātuyā
(That form is) related to mind-consciousness element
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ kiñci kāle,
and the thoughts associated with it sometimes,
purejātapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of arising before condition;
kiñci kāle na purejātapaccayena paccayo.
and sometimes the condition is not by way of arising before condition.
- Pacchājātapaccayoti –
Arising later condition means
pacchājātā cittacetasikā dhammā
mental factors and thoughts arising later
purejātassa imassa kāyassa,
are related to this collection of (things) arising before,
pacchājātapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of arising later condition.
- Āsevanapaccayoti –
Habitual condition means
Purimā purimā kusalā dhammā
former wholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the following wholesome thoughts,
āsevanapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of habitual condition.
Purimā purimā akusalā dhammā
Former unwholesome thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the following unwholesome thoughts,
āsevanapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of habitual condition.
Purimā purimā kiriyābyākatā dhammā
Former functionally inconsequential thoughts
pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ kiriyābyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to the following functionally inconsequential thoughts,
āsevanapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of habitual condition.
- Kammapaccayoti –
(Intentional) deed condition means
kusalākusalaṁ kammaṁ
a wholesome and an unwholesome (intentional) deed
vipākānaṁ khandhānaṁ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṁ,
are related to the constituents of results and to the forms that originate from what was done,
kammapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of (intentional) deed condition.
Cetanā sampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
Intention is related to those thoughts associated with it,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
kammapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of (intentional) deed condition.
- Vipākapaccayoti –
Result condition means
vipākā cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṁ,
the resultant four formless constituents are mutually related,
vipākapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of result condition.
- Āhārapaccayoti –
Nutriment condition means
kabaḷīkāro āhāro imassa kāyassa,
material food is related to this body,
āhārapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of nutriment condition.
Arūpino āhārā sampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
Formless foods are related to those things associated with it,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
āhārapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of nutriment condition.
- Indriyapaccayoti –
Faculty condition means
cakkhundriyaṁ
the eye-faculty
cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to eye-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
indriyapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of faculty condition;
sotindriyaṁ
the ear-faculty
sotaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to ear-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
indriyapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of faculty condition;
ghānindriyaṁ
the nose-faculty
ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to nose-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
indriyapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of faculty condition;
jivhindriyaṁ
the tongue-faculty
jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to tongue-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
indriyapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of faculty condition;
kāyindriyaṁ
the body-faculty
kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to body-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
indriyapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of faculty condition.
Rūpajīvitindriyaṁ kaṭattārūpānaṁ,
The physical life faculty is related to forms that originate from what was done,
indriyapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of faculty condition.
Arūpino indriyā sampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
Formless faculties are related to those things associated with it,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
indriyapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of faculty condition.
- Jhānapaccayoti –
Absorption condition means
jhānaṅgāni
the absorption factors
jhānasampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to those things associated with absorption,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
jhānapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of absorption condition.
- Maggapaccayoti –
Path condition means
maggaṅgāni
the path factors
maggasampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to those things associated with the path,
taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ,
and the forms that originate from it,
maggapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of path condition.
- Sampayuttapaccayoti –
Association condition means
cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṁ,
the four formless constituents are mutually related,
sampayuttapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of association condition.
- Vippayuttapaccayoti –
Disassociation condition means
rūpino dhammā arūpīnaṁ dhammānaṁ,
forms are related to the formless,
vippayuttapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of disassociation condition.
Arūpino dhammā rūpīnaṁ dhammānaṁ,
the formless is related to forms,
vippayuttapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of disassociation condition.
- Atthipaccayoti –
Presence condition means
cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṁ,
the four formless constituents are mutually related,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
cattāro mahābhūtā aññamaññaṁ,
the four great elementals are mutually related,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ aññamaññaṁ,
at the time of descent (into the womb) mind and body are mutually related,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
cittacetasikā dhammā
mental factors and thoughts
cittasamuṭṭhānānaṁ rūpānaṁ,
are related to forms that originate from the mind,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
mahābhūtā upādārūpānaṁ,
the four great elementals are related to secondary form,
atthipaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of presence condition.
Cakkhāyatanaṁ
Eye sense-sphere
cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to eye-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
sotāyatanaṁ
ear sense-sphere
sotaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to ear-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
ghānāyatanaṁ
nose sense-sphere
ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to nose-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
jivhāyatanaṁ
tongue sense-sphere
jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to tongue-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
kāyāyatanaṁ
body sense-sphere
kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to body-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of presence condition.
Rūpāyatanaṁ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā,
The form sense-sphere is related to the eye-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
saddāyatanaṁ sotaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the sound sense-sphere is related to the ear-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
gandhāyatanaṁ ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the smell sense-sphere is related to the nose-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
rasāyatanaṁ jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā,
the taste sense-sphere is related to the tongue-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the tangibles sense-sphere is related to the body-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of presence condition;
rūpāyatanaṁ saddāyatanaṁ gandhāyatanaṁ,
the form sense-sphere, the sound sense-sphere, the smell sensesphere,
rasāyatanaṁ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ manodhātuyā,
the taste sense-sphere, the tangibles sense-sphere are related to the mind element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of presence condition.
Yaṁ rūpaṁ nissāya,
With the support of this form,
manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti,
mind element and the mind-consciousness element arise,
taṁ rūpaṁ manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca
that form is related to the mind element and the mindconsciousness element
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the thoughts associated with it,
atthipaccayena paccayo.
being by way of presence condition.
- Natthipaccayoti –
Absence condition means
samanantaraniruddhā cittacetasikā dhammā,
mental factors and thoughts that have ceased being prior,
paṭuppannānaṁ cittacetasikānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to mental factors and thoughts that have arisen in the present,
natthipaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of absence condition.
- Vigatapaccayoti –
Disappearance condition means
samanantaravigatā cittacetasikā dhammā,
mental factors and thoughts that have disappeared from being prior,
paṭuppannānaṁ cittacetasikānaṁ dhammānaṁ,
are related to mental factors and thoughts that have arisen in the present,
vigatapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of disappearance condition.
- Avigatapaccayoti –
Non-disappearance condition means
cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṁ,
the four formless constituents are mutually related,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
cattāro mahābhūtā aññamaññaṁ,
the four great elementals are mutually related,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ aññamaññaṁ,
at the time of descent (into the womb) mind and body are mutually related,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
cittacetasikā dhammā
mental factors and thoughts
cittasamuṭṭhānānaṁ rūpānaṁ,
are related to forms that originate from the mind,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
mahābhūtā upādārūpānaṁ,
the four great elementals are related to secondary form,
avigatapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition.
Cakkhāyatanaṁ
Eye sense-sphere
cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to eye-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
sotāyatanaṁ
ear sense-sphere
sotaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to ear-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
ghānāyatanaṁ
nose sense-sphere
ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to nose-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
jivhāyatanaṁ
tongue sense-sphere
jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to tongue-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
kāyāyatanaṁ
body sense-sphere
kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
is related to body-consciousness element and the things associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition.
Rūpāyatanaṁ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā,
The form sense-sphere is related to the eye-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
saddāyatanaṁ sotaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the sound sense-sphere is related to the ear-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
gandhāyatanaṁ ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the smell sense-sphere is related to the nose-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
rasāyatanaṁ jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā,
the taste sense-sphere is related to the tongue-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā,
the tangibles sense-sphere is related to the body-consciousness element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo;
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition;
rūpāyatanaṁ saddāyatanaṁ gandhāyatanaṁ,
the form sense-sphere, the sound sense-sphere, the smell sensesphere,
rasāyatanaṁ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ manodhātuyā,
the taste sense-sphere, the tangibles sense-sphere are related to the mind element,
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the things that are associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition.
Yaṁ rūpaṁ nissāya,
With the support of this form,
manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti,
mind element and the mind-consciousness element arise,
taṁ rūpaṁ manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca
that form is related to the mind element and the mindconsciousness element
taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ,
and the thoughts associated with it,
avigatapaccayena paccayo.
the condition being by way of non-disappearance condition
Paccayaniddeso niṭṭhito.
The explanation of the conditions is finished.
****************************
Paṭṭhāna-Pāḷī (short version)
Abhidhammapiṭake paṭṭhānaṁ (Paṭhamo bhāgo)
Namo Tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa (3x)
Mātikānikkhepavāro 1
(1) Paccayu’ddeso
Hetupaccayo ārammaṇapaccayo adhipatipaccayo anantarapaccayo
samanantarapaccayo sahajātapaccayo aññamaññapaccayo nissayapaccayo upanissayapaccayo purejātapaccayo pacchājātapaccayo āsevanapaccayo kammapaccayo vipākapaccayo āhārapaccayo indriyapaccayo jhānapaccayo maggapaccayo sampayuttapaccayo vippayuttapaccayo atthipaccayo natthipaccayo vigatapaccayo avigatapaccayoti.
Paccayavibhaṅgavāro 2
(2) Paccaya-niddeso
(1) Hetupaccayoti
| Hetū | hetu-sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ | Hetupaccayena paccayo |
(2) Ārammaṇapaccayoti
| Rūpāyatanaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇa dhātuyā | taṁ sampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ | Ārammaṇa paccayena paccayo |
| Saddāyatanaṁ | sotaviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||
| Gandhāyatanaṁ | ghānaviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||
| Rasāyatanaṁ | jivhāviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||
| Phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ | kāyaviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||
| Rūpāyatanaṁ saddāyatanaṁ gandhāyatanaṁ rasāyatanaṁ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ | manodhātuyā | ||
| Sabbe dhammā | manoviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||
| Yaṁ yaṁ dhammaṁ ārabbha | ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā | xxxxxxxxx | |
| te te dhammā | tesaṁ tesaṁ dhammānaṁ | Ārammaṇa paccayena paccayo | |
(3) Adhipatipaccayoti
| Chandādhipati | chanda | Sampayutta-kānaṁ dhammānaṁ | taṁ samuṭṭhānā-nañca rūpānaṁ | Adhipati paccayena paccayo |
| Viriyādhipati | viriya | |||
| Cittādhipati | citta | |||
| Vīmaṁsādhipati | vīmaṁsa | |||
| Yaṁ yaṁ dhammaṁ garuṁ katvā | ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā | xxxxxxxxx | ||
| te te dhammā | tesaṁ tesaṁ dhammānaṁ | Adhipati paccayena paccayo | ||
(4) Anantarapaccayoti
| Cakkhuviññāṇa dhātu | taṁ-sampayut- takā ca dhammā | manodhātuyā | taṁ sampayutta- kānañca dhammānaṁ | Anantara paccayena paccayo | |
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇadhātuyā | ||||
| Sotaviññāṇa dhātu | manodhātuyā | ||||
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇadhātuyā | ||||
| Ghānaviññāṇa dhātu | manodhātuyā | ||||
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇadhātuyā | ||||
| Jivhāviññāṇa dhātu | manodhātuyā | ||||
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇadhātuyā | ||||
| Kāyaviññāṇa dhātu | manodhātuyā | ||||
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇadhātuyā | ||||
| Purimā purimā | kusalā dhammā | pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ | kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | Anantara paccayena paccayo | |
| Purimā purimā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Purimā purimā | akusalā dhammā | akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | |||
| Purimā purimā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Purimā purimā | abyākatā dhammā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | |||
| Purimā purimā | kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Purimā purimā | akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Yesaṁ yesaṁ dhammānaṁ anantarā | ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā | xxxxxxxxx | |||
| Te te dhammā | tesaṁ tesaṁ dhammānaṁ | Anantara paccayena paccayo | |||
(5) Samanantarapaccayoti
| Cakkhuviññāṇa dhātu | taṁ- sampayutta-kā ca dhammā | manodhātuyā | taṁ- sampayutta- kānañ ca dhammānaṁ | Samanantara paccayena paccayo | |
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||||
| Sotaviññāṇa dhātu | manodhātuyā | ||||
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||||
| Ghānaviññāṇa dhātu | manodhātuyā | ||||
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||||
| Jivhāviññāṇa dhātu | manodhātuyā | ||||
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||||
| Kāyaviññāṇa dhātu | manodhātuyā | ||||
| Manodhātu | manoviññāṇa dhātuyā | ||||
| Purimā purimā | kusalā dhammā | pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ | kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | Samanantara paccayena paccayo | |
| Purimā purimā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Purimā purimā | akusalā dhammā | akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | |||
| Purimā purimā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Purimā purimā | abyākatā dhammā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | |||
| Purimā purimā | kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Purimā purimā | akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Yesaṁ yesaṁ dhammānaṁ samanantarā | ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā | xxxxxxxxx | |||
| Te te dhammā | tesaṁ tesaṁ dhammānaṁ | Samanantara paccayena paccayo | |||
(6) Sahajātapaccayoti
| Cattāro khandhā arūpino | aññamaññaṁ | Sahajāta paccayena paccayo |
| Cattāro mahābhūtā | ||
| Okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ | ||
| Cittacetasikā dhammā | cittasamuṭṭhānānaṁ rūpānaṁ | |
| Mahābhūtā | upādārūpānaṁ | |
| Rūpino dhammā | arūpīnaṁ dhammānaṁ kiñcikāle | |
| kiñcikāle na |
(7) Aññamaññapaccayoti
| Cattāro khandhā arūpino | Aññamañña paccayena paccayo |
| Cattāro mahābhūtā | |
| Okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ |
(8) Nissayapaccayoti
| Cattāro khandhā arūpino | aññamaññaṁ | Nissaya paccayena paccayo | |
| Cattāro mahābhūtā | |||
| Okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ | |||
| Cittacetasikā dhammā | cittasamuṭṭhānānaṁ rūpānaṁ | ||
| Mahābhūtā | upādārūpānaṁ | ||
| Cakkhāyatanaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā | taṁ sampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ | Nissaya paccayena paccayo |
| Sotāyatanaṁ | sotaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Ghānāyatanaṁ | ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Jivhāyatanaṁ | jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Kāyāyatanaṁ | kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Yaṃ rupaṃ nissāya | manodhātu ca manoviññāṇṇadhātu ca vattanti, | xxxxxxxxx | |
| taṃ rupaṃ | manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇṇadhātuyā ca taṃsampayuttakānaṇca dhammānaṃ | Nissaya paccayena paccayo | |
(9) Upanissayapaccayoti
| Purimā purimā | kusalā dhammā | pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ | kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | Upanissaya paccayena paccayo | ||
| Purimā purimā | akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | kesañci | ||||
| Purimā purimā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | |||||
| Purimā purimā | akusalā dhammā | akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Purimā purimā | kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | kesañci | ||||
| Purimā purimā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | |||||
| Purimā purimā | abyākatā dhammā | abyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||||
| Purimā purimā | kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | |||||
| Purimā purimā | akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | |||||
| Utubhojanampi | ||||||
| Puggalopi | ||||||
| Senāsanampi | ||||||
(10) Purejātapaccayoti
| Cakkhāyatanaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā | taṁ- sampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ | Purejāta paccayena paccayo |
| Sotāyatanaṁ | sotaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Ghānāyatanaṁ | ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Jivhāyatanaṁ | jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Kāyāyatanaṁ | kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rūpāyatanaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Saddāyatanaṁ | sotaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Gandhāyatanaṁ | ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rasāyatanaṁ | jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ | kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rūpāyatanaṁ saddāyatanaṁ gandhāyatanaṁ rasāyatanaṁ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ | manodhātuyā | ||
| Yaṃ rupaṃ nissāya | manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti, | xxxxxxxxx | |
| taṃ rupaṃ | manodhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ | Purejāta paccayena paccayo | |
| xxxxxxxx | manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ kiñci kāle | ||
| kiñci kāle na | |||
(11) Pacchājātapaccayoti
| Pacchājātā cittacetasikā dhammā | Purejātassa imassa kāyassa | Pacchājāta-paccayena paccayo |
(12) Āsevanapaccayoti
| Purimā purimā | kusalā dhammā | pacchimānaṁ pacchimānaṁ | kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | Āsevana paccayena paccayo |
| Purimā purimā | akusalā dhammā | akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ | ||
| Purimā purimā | kiriyābyākatā dhammā | kiriyābyākatānaṁ dhammānaṁ |
(13) Kammapaccayoti
| Kusalākusalaṁ kammaṁ | vipākānaṁ khandhānaṁ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṁ | Kamma-paccayena paccayo |
| Cetanā | sampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ |
(14) Vipākapaccayoti
| Vipākā cattāro khandhā arūpino | aññamaññaṁ | Vipāka-paccayena paccayo |
(15) Āhārapaccayoti
| Kabaḷīkāro āhāro | imassa kāyassa | Āhāra-paccayena paccayo |
| Arūpino āhārā | sampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ |
(16) Indriyapaccayoti
| Cakkhundriyaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā | taṁ-sampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ | Indriya paccayena paccayo |
| Sotindriyaṁ | sotaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Ghānindriyaṁ | ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Jivhindriyaṁ | jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Kāyindriyaṁ | kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rūpajīvitindriyaṁ | kaṭattārūpānaṁ | ||
| Arūpino indriyā | sampayuttakānaṁ dhammānaṁ taṁsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṁ | ||
(17) Jhānapaccayoti
| Jhānaṅgāni | jhānasampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ | Jhāna-paccayena paccayo |
(18) Maggapaccayoti
| Maggaṅgāni | maggasampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ | Magga-paccayena paccayo |
(19) Sampayuttapaccayoti
| Cattāro khandhā arūpino | aññamaññaṃ | Sampayutta-paccayena paccayo |
(20) Vippayuttapaccayoti
| Rūpino dhammā | arūpinaṃ dhammānaṃ | Vippayutta-paccayena paccayo |
| Arūpino dhammā | rūpinaṃ dhammānaṃ |
(21) Atthipaccayoti
| Cattāro khandhā arūpino | aññamaññaṁ | Atthi paccayena paccayo
| |
| Cattāro mahābhūtā | |||
| Okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ | |||
| Cittacetasikā dhammā | cittasamuṭṭhānānaṁ rūpānaṁ | ||
| Mahābhūtā | upādārūpānaṁ | ||
| Cakkhāyatanaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā | taṁ- sampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ | |
| Sotāyatanaṁ | sotaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Ghānāyatanaṁ | ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Jivhāyatanaṁ | jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Kāyāyatanaṁ | kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rūpāyatanaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Saddāyatanaṁ | sotaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Gandhāyatanaṁ | ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rasāyatanaṁ | jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ | kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rūpāyatanaṁ saddāyatanaṁ gandhāyatanaṁ rasāyatanaṁ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ | manodhātuyā | ||
| Yaṁ rūpaṁ nissāya | manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti | xxxxxxxxx | |
| taṁ rūpaṁ | manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ | Atthi paccayena paccayo | |
(22) Natthipaccayoti
| Samanantaraniruddhā cittacetasikā dhammā | paṭuppannānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ | Natthi-paccayena paccayo. |
(23) Vigatapaccayoti
| Samanantara-vigatā cittacetasikā dhammā | paṭuppannānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ | Vigata-paccayena paccayo. |
(24) Avigatapaccayoti
| Cattāro khandhā arūpino | aññamaññaṁ |
Avigata paccayena paccayo | |
| Cattāro mahābhūtā | |||
| Okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṁ | |||
| Cittacetasikā dhammā | cittasamuṭṭhānānaṁ rūpānaṁ | ||
| Mahābhūtā | upādārūpānaṁ | ||
| Cakkhāyatanaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā | taṁ sampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ | |
| Sotāyatanaṁ | sotaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Ghānāyatanaṁ | ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Jivhāyatanaṁ | jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Kāyāyatanaṁ | kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rūpāyatanaṁ | cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Saddāyatanaṁ | sotaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Gandhāyatanaṁ | ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rasāyatanaṁ | jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ | kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā | ||
| Rūpāyatanaṁ saddāyatanaṁ gandhāyatanaṁ rasāyatanaṁ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṁ | manodhātuyā | ||
| Yaṁ rūpaṁ nissāya | manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti | xxxxxxxxx | |
| taṁ rūpaṁ | manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca taṁsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṁ | Avigata paccayena paccayo | |
Paccaya-nidesso niṭṭhito.
****************************
[1] Khuddakapāṭṭha.3-4, Suttanipāta.318-319.
[2] Khuddakapāṭṭha.4-7, Suttanipāta.312-315.
[3] Khuddakapāṭṭha.10-11, Suttanipāta.300-301.
[4] Vi.4.245, Jātaka.1.53-54.
[5] Jātaka.1.38.
[6] Cariyāpiṭaka.415.
[7] Saṁ.1.220-222.
[8] Paragraphs marked with an asterisk (*) – Dī.3.159.
[9] Paragraphs marked with an asterisk (*) – Dī.3.159.
[10] Paragraph marked with an asterisk (*) – Dhammapada. Gāthā-109.
[11] Paragraph marked with an asterisk (*) – Ma.2.306.
[12] Paragraphs marked with an asterisk (*) – Aṅ.1.299.
[13] Paragraph marked with an asterisk (*) – Aṅ.1.299.
[14] No = Chúng con (đi với động từ hontu (số nhiều, xin hãy là).
[15] Me = Con (đi với động từ hotu (số ít, xin hãy là).
[16] Dī.2.231-252, Ma.1.70-91.
[17] Abhi.2.142-145.
[18] Saṁ.3.368-371, Vi.3.17.
[19] Saṁ.2.55-56, Vi.3.18-20.
[20] AN.3.325.
[21] Abhi, paṭṭhāna.1.1.
[22] Abhi, paṭṭhāna.1.1-10.
